From c2de0d98ba39e0a1a970d066fd19be786092f376 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Tue, 1 Mar 2016 16:55:22 +0100 Subject: Imported Upstream version 1.1.91 --- docs/api/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/api/html/ref-settings.html | 26 +- docs/api/html/spec.html | 763 ++++++++++++++------- docs/api/settings-spec.xml | 11 +- docs/api/spec.html | 763 ++++++++++++++------- docs/api/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 108 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 106 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html | 302 ++++---- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html | 18 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html | 234 +++---- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 36 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 30 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 74 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 78 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html | 68 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html | 64 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 80 +-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html | 184 ++--- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html | 120 ++-- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 46 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html | 24 +- .../html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html | 58 +- .../html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-glib/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 260 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 132 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 278 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 64 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 150 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 130 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 8 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 62 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 242 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 190 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 34 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 186 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 24 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 44 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 12 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 56 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 86 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 16 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 120 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 138 ++-- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 134 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 20 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.sgml | 3 + .../libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html | 23 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 416 +++++------ docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util.devhelp2 | 3 + docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 6 +- docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- docs/libnm/Makefile.am | 7 +- docs/libnm/Makefile.in | 7 +- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 78 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 78 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 562 +++++++-------- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 618 +++++++++++------ docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 128 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 114 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 196 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 154 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 122 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 300 ++++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 50 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 62 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 172 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 130 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 77 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 471 ++++++++----- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 74 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 39 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 180 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 50 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 86 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 66 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 120 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 130 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 206 ++++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 126 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 133 +++- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 178 ++--- docs/libnm/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/index.sgml | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html | 476 ++++++------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 19 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 61 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 530 +++++++------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 11 +- docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt | 76 +- docs/libnm/libnm.types | 1 + docs/libnm/version.xml | 2 +- 152 files changed, 7205 insertions(+), 6193 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs') diff --git a/docs/api/html/index.html b/docs/api/html/index.html index aff2b5b7..054d41e2 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/index.html +++ b/docs/api/html/index.html @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
-

Version 1.1.90 +

Version 1.1.91

Copyright © 2012 The NetworkManager Authors

diff --git a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html index e3b8a8de..5bf9720a 100644 --- a/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html +++ b/docs/api/html/ref-settings.html @@ -1023,6 +1023,12 @@ Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'. Array of IPv4 address structures. Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet. +
dad-timeout
+
int32
+
-1
+Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network. If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail. A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds). A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds. + + 
dhcp-client-id
string

@@ -1048,7 +1054,7 @@
 
 
 
dhcp-timeout

-
uint32

+
int32

 
0

 A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
 
@@ -1169,6 +1175,12 @@
 Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'.  Array of IPv6 address structures.  Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.
 
 
+
dad-timeout

+
int32

+
-1

+Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.
+
+
 
dhcp-hostname

 
string

 

@@ -1181,6 +1193,12 @@
 If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
 
 
+
dhcp-timeout

+
int32

+
0

+A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
+
+
 
dns

 
array of byte array

 
[]

@@ -1864,7 +1882,7 @@
 
id

 
uint32

 
0

-The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned.
+The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.
 
 
 
ingress-priority-map

@@ -1975,7 +1993,7 @@
 
 
ageing

 
uint32

-
0

+
300

 Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.
 
 
@@ -2306,7 +2324,7 @@
 
powersave

 
uint32

 
0

-If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.
+One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved.
 
 
 
rate

diff --git a/docs/api/html/spec.html b/docs/api/html/spec.html
index dd4be9bf..990fd2ba 100644
--- a/docs/api/html/spec.html
+++ b/docs/api/html/spec.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification version 1.1.90
NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification
Version 1.1.90
Copyright (C) 2008 - 2011 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2008 - 2009 Novell, Inc.

+        
NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification
Version 1.1.91
Copyright (C) 2008 - 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
Copyright (C) 2008 - 2009 Novell, Inc.

 
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ General Public License for more details.

 
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

-
Interfaces

+
Interfaces

   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager
Methods:
GetDevices (
         
         ) →
@@ -538,21 +538,66 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_NONE = 0x0
Null flag.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_WEP40 = 0x1
Access point supports pairwise 40-bit WEP encryption.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_WEP104 = 0x2
Access point supports pairwise 104-bit WEP encryption.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_TKIP = 0x4
Access point supports pairwise TKIP encryption.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_CCMP = 0x8
Access point supports pairwise CCMP encryption.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_WEP40 = 0x10
Access point supports a group 40-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_WEP104 = 0x20
Access point supports a group 104-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_TKIP = 0x40
Access point supports a group TKIP cipher.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_CCMP = 0x80
Access point supports a group CCMP cipher.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_KEY_MGMT_PSK = 0x100
Access point supports PSK key management.
NM_802_11_AP_SEC_KEY_MGMT_802_1X = 0x200
Access point supports 802.1x key management.

 
   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device
Methods:
Reapply (
-        a{sa{sv}}: connection, u: flags
+        a{sa{sv}}: connection, t: version_id, u: flags
         ) →
         nothing

-        Attempts to update the configuration of a device without deactivating it.
-        You can either modify the configuration by passing the desired setup via "connection"
-        argument or just omit the argument to bring it in sync with the connection that
-        has been activated but could have been modified  since.
+        Attempts to update the configuration of a device without deactivating it. NetworkManager
+        has the concept of connections, which are profiles that contain the configuration for
+        a networking device. Those connections are exposed via D-Bus as individual objects
+        that can be created, modified and deleted. When activating such a settings-connection
+        on a device, the settings-connection is cloned to become an applied-connection and used to
+        configure the device (see GetAppliedConnection). Subsequent modification of the
+        settings-connection don't propagate automatically to the device's applied-connection
+        (with exception of the firewall-zone and the metered property). For the changes to take
+        effect, you can either re-activate the settings-connection, or call Reapply.
+        The Reapply call allows you to directly update the applied-connection and reconfigure
+        the device.
+        Reapply can also be useful if the currently applied-connection is equal to the connection
+        that is about to be reapplied. This allows to reconfigure the device and revert external
+        changes like removing or adding an IP address (which NetworkManager doesn't revert
+        automatically because it is assumed that the user made these changes intentionally outside
+        of NetworkManager).
+        Reapply can make the applied-connection different from the settings-connection,
+        just like updating the settings-connection can make them different.
       
Parameters
connection -
       a{sa{sv}}

-          The effective connection settings and properties to use. If empty, the connection
-          settings from the connection that is active on the device will be used.
+          The optional connection settings that will be reapplied on the device. If empty, the
+          currently active settings-connection will be used. The connection cannot arbitrarly
+          differ from the current applied-connection otherwise the call will fail.
+          Only certain changes are supported, like adding or removing IP addresses.
+        
version_id -
+      t

+          If non-zero, the current version id of the applied-connection must match.
+          The current version id can be retrieved via GetAppliedConnection.
+          This optional argument allows to catch concurrent modifications between
+          the GetAppliedConnection call and Reapply.
         
flags -
       u

           Flags which would modify the behavior of the Reapply call.
           There are no flags defined currently and the users should use the value of 0.
+        
GetAppliedConnection (
+        u: flags
+        ) →
+        a{sa{sv}}, t

+        Get the currently applied connection on the device. This is a snapshot of the last activated
+        connection on the device, that is the configuration that is currently applied on the device.
+        Usually this is the same as GetSettings of the referenced settings connection. However, it
+        can differ if the settings connection was subsequently modified or the applied connection was
+        modified by Reapply. The applied connection is set when activating a device or when calling
+        Reapply.
+      
Parameters
flags -
+      u

+          Flags which would modify the behavior of the GetAppliedConnection call.
+          There are no flags defined currently and the users should use the value of 0.
+        
Returns
connection -
+      a{sa{sv}}

+            The effective connection settings that the connection has currently applied.
+        
version_id -
+      t

+            The version-id of the currently applied connection. This can be specified during
+            Reapply to avoid races where you first fetch the applied connection, modify it
+            and try to reapply it. If the applied connection is modified in the meantime, the
+            version_id gets incremented and Reapply will fail.
         
Disconnect (
         
         ) →
@@ -939,6 +984,88 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

 
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found.
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)

+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)

+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Bluetooth hardware address of the device.
+      
Name -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Bluetooth name of the device.
+      
BtCapabilities -
+      u -
+      (read)
+      (NM_BT_CAPABILITIES)
+    

+        Bluetooth capabilities of the device (either DUN or NAP).
+      
Sets of flags:
NM_BT_CAPABILITIES

+        Flags describing the capabilities of a Bluetooth device.
+      
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_NONE = 0x0
The device has no recognized capabilities.
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_DUN = 0x1
The device supports Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking.
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_PAN = 0x2
The device supports Bluetooth Personal Area Networking.

+
   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
@@ -968,101 +1095,122 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
Methods:
GetAccessPoints (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao

-        DEPRECATED.  Get the list of access points visible to this device.  Note
-        that this list does not include access points which hide their SSID.  To
-        retrieve a list of all access points (including hidden ones) use the
-        GetAllAccessPoints() method.
-      
Returns
access_points -
-      ao

-          List of access point object paths.
-        
GetAllAccessPoints (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao

-        Get the list of all access points visible to this device, including
-        hidden ones for which the SSID is not yet known.
-      
Returns
access_points -
-      ao

-          List of access point object paths.
-        
RequestScan (
-        a{sv}: options
-        ) →
-        nothing

-        Request the device to scan
-      
Parameters
options -
-      a{sv}

-          Options of scan.
-          Currently 'ssids' option with value of "aay" type is supported.
-        
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )

-            Emitted when the wireless device's properties changed.
-        
Parameters
properties -
+        )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

-                A dictionary containing the FIXME: check changed parameters.
-            
AccessPointAdded (
-        o: access_point
-        )

-            Emitted when a new access point is found by the device.
-        
Parameters
access_point -
-      o

-                The object path of the newly found access point.
-            
AccessPointRemoved (
-        o: access_point
-        )

-            Emitted when an access point disappears from view of the device.
-        
Parameters
access_point -
-      o

-                The object path of the access point that has disappeared.
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
             
Properties:
HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)

-        The active hardware address of the device.
-      
PermHwAddress -
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
TypeDescription -
       s -
       (read)

-        The permanent hardware address of the device.
-      
Mode -
-      u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_802_11_MODE)
+        A (non-localized) description of the interface type, if known.
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
     

-        The operating mode of the wireless device.
-      
Bitrate -
-      u -
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+      s -
       (read)

-        The bit rate currently used by the wireless device, in kilobits/second (Kb/s).
-      
AccessPoints -
-      ao -
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
Carrier -
+      b -
       (read)

-        List of object paths of access point visible to this wireless device.
-      
ActiveAccessPoint -
+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
Mode -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The tunneling mode.
+      
Parent -
       o -
       (read)

-        Object path of the access point currently used by the wireless device.
-      
WirelessCapabilities -
+        The object path of the parent device.
+      
Local -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The local endpoint of the tunnel.
+      
Remote -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The remote endpoint of the tunnel.
+      
Ttl -
+      y -
+      (read)

+        The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
+        meaning that packets inherit the TTL value
+      
Tos -
+      y -
+      (read)

+        The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
+        tunneled packets.
+      
PathMtuDiscovery -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.
+      
InputKey -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The key used for incoming packets.
+      
OutputKey -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The key used for outgoing packets.
+      
EncapsulationLimit -
+      y -
+      (read)

+        How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
+        be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
+        tunnels.
+      
FlowLabel -
       u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP)
+      (read)

+        The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
+        applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
+      

+
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
Parameters
properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
     

-        The capabilities of the wireless device.
-      
Sets of flags:
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP

-        Flags describing the capabilities of a wireless device.
-      
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_NONE = 0x0
Null capability - syntactic sugar for no capabilities supported.  Do not AND this with other capabilities!
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP40 = 0x1
The device supports the 40-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP104 = 0x2
The device supports the 104-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_TKIP = 0x4
The device supports the TKIP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_CCMP = 0x8
The device supports the CCMP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_WPA = 0x10
The device supports the WPA encryption/authentication protocol.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_RSN = 0x20
The device supports the RSN encryption/authentication protocol.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_AP = 0x40
The device supports Access Point mode.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_ADHOC = 0x80
The device supports Ad-Hoc mode.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_VALID = 0x100

-	  The device properly reports information about supported
-	  frequencies and thus both NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ and
-	  NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ are valid.
-	
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ = 0x200

-          The device supports 2.4GHz frequencies.
-        
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ = 0x400

-          The device supports 5GHz frequencies.
-        

+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
Properties:
Parent -
+      o -
+      (read)

+        The object path of the parent device.
+      
Mode -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The macvlan mode, one of "private", "vepa", "bridge", or "passthru".
+      
NoPromisc -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Whether the device is blocked from going into promiscuous mode.
+      
Tap -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        Whether the device is a macvtap.
+      

 
   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
@@ -1103,31 +1251,6 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
-        a{sv}: properties
-        )
Parameters
properties -
-      a{sv}
-      (String_Variant_Map)
-    

-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
Properties:
HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)

-        Bluetooth hardware address of the device.
-      
Name -
-      s -
-      (read)

-        Bluetooth name of the device.
-      
BtCapabilities -
-      u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_BT_CAPABILITIES)
-    

-        Bluetooth capabilities of the device (either DUN or NAP).
-      
Sets of flags:
NM_BT_CAPABILITIES

-        Flags describing the capabilities of a Bluetooth device.
-      
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_NONE = 0x0
The device has no recognized capabilities.
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_DUN = 0x1
The device supports Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking.
NM_BT_CAPABILITY_PAN = 0x2
The device supports Bluetooth Personal Area Networking.

-
   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )

@@ -1151,83 +1274,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
Methods:
GetNspList (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao

-        Get the list of NSPs visible to this device.
-      
Returns
nsps -
-      ao

-          List of NSP object paths
-        
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
-        a{sv}: properties
-        )

-            Emitted when the WiMax device's properties changed.
-        
Parameters
properties -
-      a{sv}
-      (String_Variant_Map)
-    

-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values.
-            
NspAdded (
-        o: nsp
-        )

-            Emitted when a new NSP is found by the device.
-        
Parameters
nsp -
-      o

-                The object path of the newly found NSP.
-            
NspRemoved (
-        o: nsp
-        )

-            Emitted when an NSP disappears from view of the device.
-        
Parameters
nsp -
-      o

-                The object path of the NSP that has disappeared.
-            
Properties:
Nsps -
-      ao -
-      (read)

-        List of object paths of Network Service Providers (NSPs) visible to this
-        WiMAX device.
-      
HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)

-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
CenterFrequency -
-      u -
-      (read)

-        Center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
-        communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
-        device is not connected.
-      
Rssi -
-      i -
-      (read)

-        RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
-        the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
-        indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
-        device is not connected.
-      
Cinr -
-      i -
-      (read)

-        CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
-        in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
-        meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
TxPower -
-      i -
-      (read)

-        Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
-        0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
-        -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
Bsid -
-      s -
-      (read)

-        The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
-        no meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
ActiveNsp -
-      o -
-      (read)

-        Object path of the NSP currently used by the WiMax device.
-      

-
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
@@ -1242,53 +1289,68 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.b -
       (read)

         Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)

+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
       

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+            
Properties:
Owner -
+      x -
+      (read)

+        The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.
+      
Group -
+      x -
+      (read)

+        The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.
+      
Mode -
       s -
       (read)

-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
Carrier -
+        The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".
+      
NoPi -
       b -
       (read)

-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
Slaves -
-      ao -
+        The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
+	prepended to the tunnel packets.
+      
VnetHdr -
+      b -
       (read)

-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
+	include a virtio network header.
+      
MultiQueue -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
+        the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
+        queues.
+      
HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Hardware address of the device.
       

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
Properties:
HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)

-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
Carrier -
-      b -
-      (read)

-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
Slaves -
-      ao -
+            
Properties:
Peer -
+      o -
       (read)

-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        The object path of the device's peer.
       

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
@@ -1303,66 +1365,274 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.b -
       (read)

         Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
Slaves -
-      ao -
+      
Parent -
+      o -
       (read)

-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        Object path of the parent device of this VLAN device.
+      
VlanId -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The VLAN ID of this VLAN interface.
       

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
Properties:
HwAddress -
+            
Properties:
Parent -
+      o -
+      (read)

+        The object path of the parent device (if the VXLAN is not
+	purely internal to this host).
+      
HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)

         Hardware address of the device.
-      
TypeDescription -
+      
Id -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The VXLAN Network Identifier (VNI).
+      
Group -
       s -
       (read)

-        A (non-localized) description of the interface type, if known.
+        The IP (v4 or v6) multicast group used to communicate with other physical
+	hosts on this VXLAN.
+      
Local -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The local IPv4 or IPv6 address to use when sending VXLAN packets to other
+	physical hosts.
+      
Tos -
+      y -
+      (read)

+        The value to use in the IP ToS field for VXLAN packets sent to
+	other physical hosts.
+      
Ttl -
+      y -
+      (read)

+        The value to use in the IP TTL field for VXLAN packets sent to
+	other physical hosts.
+      
Learning -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        True if the VXLAN dynamically learns remote IP addresses.
+      
Ageing -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The interval in seconds at which the kernel purges stale
+        cached addresses.
+      
Limit -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The maximum number of entries that can be added to the VXLAN's
+	forwarding table.
+      
DstPort -
+      q -
+      (read)

+        Destination port for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
SrcPortMin -
+      q -
+      (read)

+        The lowest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
SrcPortMax -
+      q -
+      (read)

+        The highest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
Proxy -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE ARP proxying for remote
+        clients.
+      
Rsc -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE route short-circuiting
+	of known remote IP addresses.
+      
L2miss -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L2 switch
+        misses.
+      
L3miss -
+      b -
+      (read)

+        True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L3 switch
+        misses.
       

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
Methods:
GetAccessPoints (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao

+        DEPRECATED.  Get the list of access points visible to this device.  Note
+        that this list does not include access points which hide their SSID.  To
+        retrieve a list of all access points (including hidden ones) use the
+        GetAllAccessPoints() method.
+      
Returns
access_points -
+      ao

+          List of access point object paths.
+        
GetAllAccessPoints (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao

+        Get the list of all access points visible to this device, including
+        hidden ones for which the SSID is not yet known.
+      
Returns
access_points -
+      ao

+          List of access point object paths.
+        
RequestScan (
+        a{sv}: options
+        ) →
+        nothing

+        Request the device to scan
+      
Parameters
options -
+      a{sv}

+          Options of scan.
+          Currently 'ssids' option with value of "aay" type is supported.
+        
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )
Parameters
properties -
+        )

+            Emitted when the wireless device's properties changed.
+        
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+                A dictionary containing the FIXME: check changed parameters.
+            
AccessPointAdded (
+        o: access_point
+        )

+            Emitted when a new access point is found by the device.
+        
Parameters
access_point -
+      o

+                The object path of the newly found access point.
+            
AccessPointRemoved (
+        o: access_point
+        )

+            Emitted when an access point disappears from view of the device.
+        
Parameters
access_point -
+      o

+                The object path of the access point that has disappeared.
             
Properties:
HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)

-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
Carrier -
-      b -
+        The active hardware address of the device.
+      
PermHwAddress -
+      s -
       (read)

-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
Parent -
+        The permanent hardware address of the device.
+      
Mode -
+      u -
+      (read)
+      (NM_802_11_MODE)
+    

+        The operating mode of the wireless device.
+      
Bitrate -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        The bit rate currently used by the wireless device, in kilobits/second (Kb/s).
+      
AccessPoints -
+      ao -
+      (read)

+        List of object paths of access point visible to this wireless device.
+      
ActiveAccessPoint -
       o -
       (read)

-        Object path of the parent device of this VLAN device.
-      
VlanId -
+        Object path of the access point currently used by the wireless device.
+      
WirelessCapabilities -
       u -
-      (read)

-        The VLAN ID of this VLAN interface.
-      

+      (read)
+      (NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP)
+    

+        The capabilities of the wireless device.
+      
Sets of flags:
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP

+        Flags describing the capabilities of a wireless device.
+      
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_NONE = 0x0
Null capability - syntactic sugar for no capabilities supported.  Do not AND this with other capabilities!
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP40 = 0x1
The device supports the 40-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP104 = 0x2
The device supports the 104-bit WEP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_TKIP = 0x4
The device supports the TKIP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_CCMP = 0x8
The device supports the CCMP cipher.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_WPA = 0x10
The device supports the WPA encryption/authentication protocol.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_RSN = 0x20
The device supports the RSN encryption/authentication protocol.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_AP = 0x40
The device supports Access Point mode.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_ADHOC = 0x80
The device supports Ad-Hoc mode.
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_VALID = 0x100

+	  The device properly reports information about supported
+	  frequencies and thus both NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ and
+	  NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ are valid.
+	
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ = 0x200

+          The device supports 2.4GHz frequencies.
+        
NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ = 0x400

+          The device supports 5GHz frequencies.
+        

 
-  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
+  
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
Methods:
GetNspList (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao

+        Get the list of NSPs visible to this device.
+      
Returns
nsps -
+      ao

+          List of NSP object paths
+        
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )
Parameters
properties -
+        )

+            Emitted when the WiMax device's properties changed.
+        
Parameters
properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     

-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
Properties:
Carrier -
-      b -
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values.
+            
NspAdded (
+        o: nsp
+        )

+            Emitted when a new NSP is found by the device.
+        
Parameters
nsp -
+      o

+                The object path of the newly found NSP.
+            
NspRemoved (
+        o: nsp
+        )

+            Emitted when an NSP disappears from view of the device.
+        
Parameters
nsp -
+      o

+                The object path of the NSP that has disappeared.
+            
Properties:
Nsps -
+      ao -
       (read)

-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found.
+        List of object paths of Network Service Providers (NSPs) visible to this
+        WiMAX device.
+      
HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
CenterFrequency -
+      u -
+      (read)

+        Center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
+        communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
+        device is not connected.
+      
Rssi -
+      i -
+      (read)

+        RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
+        the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
+        indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
+        device is not connected.
+      
Cinr -
+      i -
+      (read)

+        CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
+        in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
+        meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
TxPower -
+      i -
+      (read)

+        Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
+        0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
+        -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
Bsid -
+      s -
+      (read)

+        The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
+        no meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
ActiveNsp -
+      o -
+      (read)

+        Object path of the NSP currently used by the WiMax device.
       

 
   
org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.WiMax.Nsp
Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
@@ -1776,6 +2046,15 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.Interface has no methods.
Signals:
PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
Parameters
properties -
@@ -2481,7 +2760,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.Index
Index of interfaces
Index of types
  • NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS
+
    Index
    Index of interfaces
    Index of types
    • NM_802_11_AP_FLAGS
     - u
    • NM_802_11_AP_SEC
     - u
    • NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP
     - u
    • NM_802_11_MODE
diff --git a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
index 70b885b4..31fb3102 100644
--- a/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
+++ b/docs/api/settings-spec.xml
@@ -148,11 +148,12 @@
   ipv4 settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionaddress-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv4 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.addressesarray of array of uint32[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'.  Array of IPv4 address structures.  Each IPv4 address structure is composed of 3 32-bit values; the first being the IPv4 address (network byte order), the second the prefix (1 - 32), and last the IPv4 gateway (network byte order). The gateway may be left as 0 if no gateway exists for that subnet.
+    dad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.dhcp-client-idstringA string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.dhcp-fqdnstringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-hostname" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
-    dhcp-timeoutuint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.
+    dhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.dnsarray of uint32[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (as network-byte-order integers)dns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.dns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains.
@@ -171,8 +172,10 @@
     addr-gen-modeint321Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64", "stable-privacy" or unset. If the property is set to "eui64", the addresses will be generated using the interface tokens derived from  hardware address. This makes the host part of the address to stay constant, making it possible to track host's presence when it changes networks. The address changes when the interface hardware is replaced. The value of "stable-privacy" enables use of cryptographically secure hash of a secret host-specific key along with the connection identification and the network address as specified by RFC7217. This makes it impossible to use the address track host's presence, and makes the address stable when the network interface hardware is replaced. Leaving this unset causes a default that could be subject to change in future versions to be used. Note that this setting is distinct from the Privacy Extensions as configured by "ip6-privacy" property and it does not affect the temporary addresses configured with this option.address-dataarray of vardictArray of IPv6 addresses. Each address dictionary contains at least 'address' and 'prefix' entries, containing the IP address as a string, and the prefix length as a uint32. Additional attributes may also exist on some addresses.addressesarray of legacy IPv6 address struct (a(ayuay))[]Deprecated in favor of the 'address-data' and 'gateway' properties, but this can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons. Note that if you send this property the daemon will ignore 'address-data' and 'gateway'.  Array of IPv6 address structures.  Each IPv6 address structure is composed of an IPv6 address, a prefix length (1 - 128), and an IPv6 gateway address. The gateway may be zeroed out if no gateway exists for that subnet.
+    dad-timeoutint32-1Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a timeout in milliseconds.dhcp-hostnamestringIf the "dhcp-send-hostname" property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This property and "dhcp-fqdn" are mutually exclusive and cannot be set at the same time.dhcp-send-hostnamebooleanTRUEIf TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the "dhcp-hostname" property is NULL and this property is TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.
+    dhcp-timeoutint320A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.dnsarray of byte array[]Array of IP addresses of DNS servers (in network byte order)dns-optionsarray of string[]Array of DNS options. NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default. In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is distinct from an empty list of properties.dns-searcharray of string[]Array of DNS search domains.
@@ -273,7 +276,7 @@
   
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
      vlan settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Descriptionegress-priority-maparray of string[]For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".flagsNMVlanFlags (uint32)One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface.  Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (0x1) (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (0x2) (use of the GVRP protocol), and NM_VLAN_FLAG_LOOSE_BINDING (0x4) (loose binding of the interface to its master device's operating state). NM_VLAN_FLAG_MVRP (0x8) (use of the MVRP protocol). The default value of this property is NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS, but it used to be 0. To preserve backward compatibility, the default-value in the D-Bus API continues to be 0 and a missing property on D-Bus is still considered as 0.
-    iduint320The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned.
+    iduint320The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.ingress-priority-maparray of string[]For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".interface-namestringDeprecated in favor of connection.interface-name, but can be used for backward-compatibility with older daemons, to set the vlan's interface name.namestringvlanThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
@@ -289,7 +292,7 @@
     user-namestringIf the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then leave this property empty.  If this property is empty, NetworkManager will automatically supply the username of the user which requested the VPN connection.
      
     
     
     
     
     
   
      
   vxlan settingKey NameValue TypeDefault ValueValue Description
-    ageinguint320Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.
+    ageinguint32300Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.destination-portuint328472Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN tunnel endpoint.iduint320Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to use.l2-missbooleanFALSESpecifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.
@@ -340,7 +343,7 @@
     modestringWi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank, infrastructure is assumed.mtuuint320If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.namestring802-11-wirelessThe setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".
-    powersaveuint320If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.
+    powersaveuint320One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (2) (disable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (3) (enable Wi-Fi power saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (1) (don't touch currently configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (0) (use the globally configured value). All other values are reserved.rateuint320If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static bitrate.securityNoneThis property is deprecated, but can be set to the value '802-11-wireless-security' when a wireless security setting is also present in the connection dictionary, for compatibility with very old NetworkManager daemons.seen-bssidsarray of string[]A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi network.  NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The property is only meant for reading and reflects the BSSID list of NetworkManager. The changes you make to this property will not be preserved.
diff --git a/docs/api/spec.html b/docs/api/spec.html
index dd4be9bf..990fd2ba 100644
--- a/docs/api/spec.html
+++ b/docs/api/spec.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification version 1.1.90
      NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification
      Version 1.1.90
      Copyright (C) 2008 - 2011 Red Hat, Inc.
      Copyright (C) 2008 - 2009 Novell, Inc.
      
+        
      NetworkManager D-Bus Interface Specification
      Version 1.1.91
      Copyright (C) 2008 - 2016 Red Hat, Inc.
      Copyright (C) 2008 - 2009 Novell, Inc.
      
 
      This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ General Public License for more details.
      
 
      You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
      
-
      Interfaces
      
+
      Interfaces
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager
      Methods:
      GetDevices (
         
         ) →
@@ -538,21 +538,66 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_NONE = 0x0
      Null flag.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_WEP40 = 0x1
      Access point supports pairwise 40-bit WEP encryption.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_WEP104 = 0x2
      Access point supports pairwise 104-bit WEP encryption.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_TKIP = 0x4
      Access point supports pairwise TKIP encryption.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_PAIR_CCMP = 0x8
      Access point supports pairwise CCMP encryption.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_WEP40 = 0x10
      Access point supports a group 40-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_WEP104 = 0x20
      Access point supports a group 104-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_TKIP = 0x40
      Access point supports a group TKIP cipher.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_GROUP_CCMP = 0x80
      Access point supports a group CCMP cipher.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_KEY_MGMT_PSK = 0x100
      Access point supports PSK key management.
      NM_802_11_AP_SEC_KEY_MGMT_802_1X = 0x200
      Access point supports 802.1x key management.
      
 
   
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device
      Methods:
      Reapply (
-        a{sa{sv}}: connection, u: flags
+        a{sa{sv}}: connection, t: version_id, u: flags
         ) →
         nothing
      
-        Attempts to update the configuration of a device without deactivating it.
-        You can either modify the configuration by passing the desired setup via "connection"
-        argument or just omit the argument to bring it in sync with the connection that
-        has been activated but could have been modified  since.
+        Attempts to update the configuration of a device without deactivating it. NetworkManager
+        has the concept of connections, which are profiles that contain the configuration for
+        a networking device. Those connections are exposed via D-Bus as individual objects
+        that can be created, modified and deleted. When activating such a settings-connection
+        on a device, the settings-connection is cloned to become an applied-connection and used to
+        configure the device (see GetAppliedConnection). Subsequent modification of the
+        settings-connection don't propagate automatically to the device's applied-connection
+        (with exception of the firewall-zone and the metered property). For the changes to take
+        effect, you can either re-activate the settings-connection, or call Reapply.
+        The Reapply call allows you to directly update the applied-connection and reconfigure
+        the device.
+        Reapply can also be useful if the currently applied-connection is equal to the connection
+        that is about to be reapplied. This allows to reconfigure the device and revert external
+        changes like removing or adding an IP address (which NetworkManager doesn't revert
+        automatically because it is assumed that the user made these changes intentionally outside
+        of NetworkManager).
+        Reapply can make the applied-connection different from the settings-connection,
+        just like updating the settings-connection can make them different.
       
      Parameters
      connection -
       a{sa{sv}}
      
-          The effective connection settings and properties to use. If empty, the connection
-          settings from the connection that is active on the device will be used.
+          The optional connection settings that will be reapplied on the device. If empty, the
+          currently active settings-connection will be used. The connection cannot arbitrarly
+          differ from the current applied-connection otherwise the call will fail.
+          Only certain changes are supported, like adding or removing IP addresses.
+        
      version_id -
+      t
      
+          If non-zero, the current version id of the applied-connection must match.
+          The current version id can be retrieved via GetAppliedConnection.
+          This optional argument allows to catch concurrent modifications between
+          the GetAppliedConnection call and Reapply.
         
      flags -
       u
      
           Flags which would modify the behavior of the Reapply call.
           There are no flags defined currently and the users should use the value of 0.
+        
      GetAppliedConnection (
+        u: flags
+        ) →
+        a{sa{sv}}, t
      
+        Get the currently applied connection on the device. This is a snapshot of the last activated
+        connection on the device, that is the configuration that is currently applied on the device.
+        Usually this is the same as GetSettings of the referenced settings connection. However, it
+        can differ if the settings connection was subsequently modified or the applied connection was
+        modified by Reapply. The applied connection is set when activating a device or when calling
+        Reapply.
+      
      Parameters
      flags -
+      u
      
+          Flags which would modify the behavior of the GetAppliedConnection call.
+          There are no flags defined currently and the users should use the value of 0.
+        
      Returns
      connection -
+      a{sa{sv}}
      
+            The effective connection settings that the connection has currently applied.
+        
      version_id -
+      t
      
+            The version-id of the currently applied connection. This can be specified during
+            Reapply to avoid races where you first fetch the applied connection, modify it
+            and try to reapply it. If the applied connection is modified in the meantime, the
+            version_id gets incremented and Reapply will fail.
         
      Disconnect (
         
         ) →
@@ -939,6 +984,88 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
      
 
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found.
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
      Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
      Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)
      
+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
      Carrier -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
      Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)
      
+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Bluetooth hardware address of the device.
+      
      Name -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Bluetooth name of the device.
+      
      BtCapabilities -
+      u -
+      (read)
+      (NM_BT_CAPABILITIES)
+    
      
+        Bluetooth capabilities of the device (either DUN or NAP).
+      
      Sets of flags:
      NM_BT_CAPABILITIES
      
+        Flags describing the capabilities of a Bluetooth device.
+      
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_NONE = 0x0
      The device has no recognized capabilities.
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_DUN = 0x1
      The device supports Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking.
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_PAN = 0x2
      The device supports Bluetooth Personal Area Networking.
      
+
   
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wired
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
@@ -968,101 +1095,122 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
      Methods:
      GetAccessPoints (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao
      
-        DEPRECATED.  Get the list of access points visible to this device.  Note
-        that this list does not include access points which hide their SSID.  To
-        retrieve a list of all access points (including hidden ones) use the
-        GetAllAccessPoints() method.
-      
      Returns
      access_points -
-      ao
      
-          List of access point object paths.
-        
      GetAllAccessPoints (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao
      
-        Get the list of all access points visible to this device, including
-        hidden ones for which the SSID is not yet known.
-      
      Returns
      access_points -
-      ao
      
-          List of access point object paths.
-        
      RequestScan (
-        a{sv}: options
-        ) →
-        nothing
      
-        Request the device to scan
-      
      Parameters
      options -
-      a{sv}
      
-          Options of scan.
-          Currently 'ssids' option with value of "aay" type is supported.
-        
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )
      
-            Emitted when the wireless device's properties changed.
-        
      Parameters
      properties -
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
-                A dictionary containing the FIXME: check changed parameters.
-            
      AccessPointAdded (
-        o: access_point
-        )
      
-            Emitted when a new access point is found by the device.
-        
      Parameters
      access_point -
-      o
      
-                The object path of the newly found access point.
-            
      AccessPointRemoved (
-        o: access_point
-        )
      
-            Emitted when an access point disappears from view of the device.
-        
      Parameters
      access_point -
-      o
      
-                The object path of the access point that has disappeared.
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
             
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)
      
-        The active hardware address of the device.
-      
      PermHwAddress -
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
      TypeDescription -
       s -
       (read)
      
-        The permanent hardware address of the device.
-      
      Mode -
-      u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_802_11_MODE)
+        A (non-localized) description of the interface type, if known.
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
-        The operating mode of the wireless device.
-      
      Bitrate -
-      u -
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+      s -
       (read)
      
-        The bit rate currently used by the wireless device, in kilobits/second (Kb/s).
-      
      AccessPoints -
-      ao -
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
      Carrier -
+      b -
       (read)
      
-        List of object paths of access point visible to this wireless device.
-      
      ActiveAccessPoint -
+        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.IPTunnel
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
+    
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      Mode -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The tunneling mode.
+      
      Parent -
       o -
       (read)
      
-        Object path of the access point currently used by the wireless device.
-      
      WirelessCapabilities -
+        The object path of the parent device.
+      
      Local -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The local endpoint of the tunnel.
+      
      Remote -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The remote endpoint of the tunnel.
+      
      Ttl -
+      y -
+      (read)
      
+        The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
+        meaning that packets inherit the TTL value
+      
      Tos -
+      y -
+      (read)
      
+        The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
+        tunneled packets.
+      
      PathMtuDiscovery -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.
+      
      InputKey -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The key used for incoming packets.
+      
      OutputKey -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The key used for outgoing packets.
+      
      EncapsulationLimit -
+      y -
+      (read)
      
+        How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
+        be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
+        tunnels.
+      
      FlowLabel -
       u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP)
+      (read)
      
+        The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
+        applies only to IPv6 tunnels.
+      
      
+
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Macvlan
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+        a{sv}: properties
+        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+      a{sv}
+      (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
-        The capabilities of the wireless device.
-      
      Sets of flags:
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP
      
-        Flags describing the capabilities of a wireless device.
-      
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_NONE = 0x0
      Null capability - syntactic sugar for no capabilities supported.  Do not AND this with other capabilities!
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP40 = 0x1
      The device supports the 40-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP104 = 0x2
      The device supports the 104-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_TKIP = 0x4
      The device supports the TKIP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_CCMP = 0x8
      The device supports the CCMP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_WPA = 0x10
      The device supports the WPA encryption/authentication protocol.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_RSN = 0x20
      The device supports the RSN encryption/authentication protocol.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_AP = 0x40
      The device supports Access Point mode.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_ADHOC = 0x80
      The device supports Ad-Hoc mode.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_VALID = 0x100
      
-	  The device properly reports information about supported
-	  frequencies and thus both NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ and
-	  NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ are valid.
-	
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ = 0x200
      
-          The device supports 2.4GHz frequencies.
-        
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ = 0x400
      
-          The device supports 5GHz frequencies.
-        
      
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+            
      Properties:
      Parent -
+      o -
+      (read)
      
+        The object path of the parent device.
+      
      Mode -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The macvlan mode, one of "private", "vepa", "bridge", or "passthru".
+      
      NoPromisc -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Whether the device is blocked from going into promiscuous mode.
+      
      Tap -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        Whether the device is a macvtap.
+      
      
 
   
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Modem
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
@@ -1103,31 +1251,6 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bluetooth
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
-        a{sv}: properties
-        )
      Parameters
      properties -
-      a{sv}
-      (String_Variant_Map)
-    
      
-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)
      
-        Bluetooth hardware address of the device.
-      
      Name -
-      s -
-      (read)
      
-        Bluetooth name of the device.
-      
      BtCapabilities -
-      u -
-      (read)
-      (NM_BT_CAPABILITIES)
-    
      
-        Bluetooth capabilities of the device (either DUN or NAP).
-      
      Sets of flags:
      NM_BT_CAPABILITIES
      
-        Flags describing the capabilities of a Bluetooth device.
-      
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_NONE = 0x0
      The device has no recognized capabilities.
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_DUN = 0x1
      The device supports Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking.
      NM_BT_CAPABILITY_PAN = 0x2
      The device supports Bluetooth Personal Area Networking.
      
-
   
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.OlpcMesh
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      
@@ -1151,83 +1274,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
      Methods:
      GetNspList (
-        
-        ) →
-        ao
      
-        Get the list of NSPs visible to this device.
-      
      Returns
      nsps -
-      ao
      
-          List of NSP object paths
-        
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
-        a{sv}: properties
-        )
      
-            Emitted when the WiMax device's properties changed.
-        
      Parameters
      properties -
-      a{sv}
-      (String_Variant_Map)
-    
      
-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values.
-            
      NspAdded (
-        o: nsp
-        )
      
-            Emitted when a new NSP is found by the device.
-        
      Parameters
      nsp -
-      o
      
-                The object path of the newly found NSP.
-            
      NspRemoved (
-        o: nsp
-        )
      
-            Emitted when an NSP disappears from view of the device.
-        
      Parameters
      nsp -
-      o
      
-                The object path of the NSP that has disappeared.
-            
      Properties:
      Nsps -
-      ao -
-      (read)
      
-        List of object paths of Network Service Providers (NSPs) visible to this
-        WiMAX device.
-      
      HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)
      
-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
      CenterFrequency -
-      u -
-      (read)
      
-        Center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
-        communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
-        device is not connected.
-      
      Rssi -
-      i -
-      (read)
      
-        RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
-        the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
-        indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
-        device is not connected.
-      
      Cinr -
-      i -
-      (read)
      
-        CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
-        in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
-        meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
      TxPower -
-      i -
-      (read)
      
-        Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
-        0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
-        -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
      Bsid -
-      s -
-      (read)
      
-        The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
-        no meaning when the device is not connected.
-      
      ActiveNsp -
-      o -
-      (read)
      
-        Object path of the NSP currently used by the WiMax device.
-      
      
-
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Infiniband
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
@@ -1242,53 +1289,68 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.b -
       (read)
      
         Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
+      
      Slaves -
+      ao -
+      (read)
      
+        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
+	slaved to this device.
       
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bond
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Tun
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+            
      Properties:
      Owner -
+      x -
+      (read)
      
+        The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.
+      
      Group -
+      x -
+      (read)
      
+        The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.
+      
      Mode -
       s -
       (read)
      
-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
      Carrier -
+        The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".
+      
      NoPi -
       b -
       (read)
      
-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
      Slaves -
-      ao -
+        The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
+	prepended to the tunnel packets.
+      
      VnetHdr -
+      b -
       (read)
      
-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
+	include a virtio network header.
+      
      MultiQueue -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
+        the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
+        queues.
+      
      HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Hardware address of the device.
       
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Bridge
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Veth
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
-      s -
-      (read)
      
-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
      Carrier -
-      b -
-      (read)
      
-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
      Slaves -
-      ao -
+            
      Properties:
      Peer -
+      o -
       (read)
      
-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        The object path of the device's peer.
       
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Team
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
@@ -1303,66 +1365,274 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.b -
       (read)
      
         Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
      Slaves -
-      ao -
+      
      Parent -
+      o -
       (read)
      
-        Array of object paths representing devices which are currently
-	slaved to this device.
+        Object path of the parent device of this VLAN device.
+      
      VlanId -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The VLAN ID of this VLAN interface.
       
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Generic
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vxlan
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
                 A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
+            
      Properties:
      Parent -
+      o -
+      (read)
      
+        The object path of the parent device (if the VXLAN is not
+	purely internal to this host).
+      
      HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)
      
         Hardware address of the device.
-      
      TypeDescription -
+      
      Id -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The VXLAN Network Identifier (VNI).
+      
      Group -
       s -
       (read)
      
-        A (non-localized) description of the interface type, if known.
+        The IP (v4 or v6) multicast group used to communicate with other physical
+	hosts on this VXLAN.
+      
      Local -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The local IPv4 or IPv6 address to use when sending VXLAN packets to other
+	physical hosts.
+      
      Tos -
+      y -
+      (read)
      
+        The value to use in the IP ToS field for VXLAN packets sent to
+	other physical hosts.
+      
      Ttl -
+      y -
+      (read)
      
+        The value to use in the IP TTL field for VXLAN packets sent to
+	other physical hosts.
+      
      Learning -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        True if the VXLAN dynamically learns remote IP addresses.
+      
      Ageing -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The interval in seconds at which the kernel purges stale
+        cached addresses.
+      
      Limit -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The maximum number of entries that can be added to the VXLAN's
+	forwarding table.
+      
      DstPort -
+      q -
+      (read)
      
+        Destination port for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
      SrcPortMin -
+      q -
+      (read)
      
+        The lowest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
      SrcPortMax -
+      q -
+      (read)
      
+        The highest source port number to use for outgoing VXLAN packets.
+      
      Proxy -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE ARP proxying for remote
+        clients.
+      
      Rsc -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        True if the VXLAN is implementing DOVE route short-circuiting
+	of known remote IP addresses.
+      
      L2miss -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L2 switch
+        misses.
+      
      L3miss -
+      b -
+      (read)
      
+        True if the VXLAN will emit netlink notifications of L3 switch
+        misses.
       
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Vlan
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Wireless
      Methods:
      GetAccessPoints (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao
      
+        DEPRECATED.  Get the list of access points visible to this device.  Note
+        that this list does not include access points which hide their SSID.  To
+        retrieve a list of all access points (including hidden ones) use the
+        GetAllAccessPoints() method.
+      
      Returns
      access_points -
+      ao
      
+          List of access point object paths.
+        
      GetAllAccessPoints (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao
      
+        Get the list of all access points visible to this device, including
+        hidden ones for which the SSID is not yet known.
+      
      Returns
      access_points -
+      ao
      
+          List of access point object paths.
+        
      RequestScan (
+        a{sv}: options
+        ) →
+        nothing
      
+        Request the device to scan
+      
      Parameters
      options -
+      a{sv}
      
+          Options of scan.
+          Currently 'ssids' option with value of "aay" type is supported.
+        
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+        )
      
+            Emitted when the wireless device's properties changed.
+        
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
+                A dictionary containing the FIXME: check changed parameters.
+            
      AccessPointAdded (
+        o: access_point
+        )
      
+            Emitted when a new access point is found by the device.
+        
      Parameters
      access_point -
+      o
      
+                The object path of the newly found access point.
+            
      AccessPointRemoved (
+        o: access_point
+        )
      
+            Emitted when an access point disappears from view of the device.
+        
      Parameters
      access_point -
+      o
      
+                The object path of the access point that has disappeared.
             
      Properties:
      HwAddress -
       s -
       (read)
      
-        Hardware address of the device.
-      
      Carrier -
-      b -
+        The active hardware address of the device.
+      
      PermHwAddress -
+      s -
       (read)
      
-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found (e.g. whether a cable is plugged in or not).
-      
      Parent -
+        The permanent hardware address of the device.
+      
      Mode -
+      u -
+      (read)
+      (NM_802_11_MODE)
+    
      
+        The operating mode of the wireless device.
+      
      Bitrate -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        The bit rate currently used by the wireless device, in kilobits/second (Kb/s).
+      
      AccessPoints -
+      ao -
+      (read)
      
+        List of object paths of access point visible to this wireless device.
+      
      ActiveAccessPoint -
       o -
       (read)
      
-        Object path of the parent device of this VLAN device.
-      
      VlanId -
+        Object path of the access point currently used by the wireless device.
+      
      WirelessCapabilities -
       u -
-      (read)
      
-        The VLAN ID of this VLAN interface.
-      
      
+      (read)
+      (NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP)
+    
      
+        The capabilities of the wireless device.
+      
      Sets of flags:
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP
      
+        Flags describing the capabilities of a wireless device.
+      
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_NONE = 0x0
      Null capability - syntactic sugar for no capabilities supported.  Do not AND this with other capabilities!
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP40 = 0x1
      The device supports the 40-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_WEP104 = 0x2
      The device supports the 104-bit WEP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_TKIP = 0x4
      The device supports the TKIP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_CIPHER_CCMP = 0x8
      The device supports the CCMP cipher.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_WPA = 0x10
      The device supports the WPA encryption/authentication protocol.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_RSN = 0x20
      The device supports the RSN encryption/authentication protocol.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_AP = 0x40
      The device supports Access Point mode.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_ADHOC = 0x80
      The device supports Ad-Hoc mode.
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_VALID = 0x100
      
+	  The device properly reports information about supported
+	  frequencies and thus both NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ and
+	  NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ are valid.
+	
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_2GHZ = 0x200
      
+          The device supports 2.4GHz frequencies.
+        
      NM_802_11_DEVICE_CAP_FREQ_5GHZ = 0x400
      
+          The device supports 5GHz frequencies.
+        
      
 
-  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.Adsl
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
+  
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Device.WiMax
      Methods:
      GetNspList (
+        
+        ) →
+        ao
      
+        Get the list of NSPs visible to this device.
+      
      Returns
      nsps -
+      ao
      
+          List of NSP object paths
+        
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
-        )
      Parameters
      properties -
+        )
      
+            Emitted when the WiMax device's properties changed.
+        
      Parameters
      properties -
       a{sv}
       (String_Variant_Map)
     
      
-                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values
-            
      Properties:
      Carrier -
-      b -
+                A dictionary mapping property names to variant boxed values.
+            
      NspAdded (
+        o: nsp
+        )
      
+            Emitted when a new NSP is found by the device.
+        
      Parameters
      nsp -
+      o
      
+                The object path of the newly found NSP.
+            
      NspRemoved (
+        o: nsp
+        )
      
+            Emitted when an NSP disappears from view of the device.
+        
      Parameters
      nsp -
+      o
      
+                The object path of the NSP that has disappeared.
+            
      Properties:
      Nsps -
+      ao -
       (read)
      
-        Indicates whether the physical carrier is found.
+        List of object paths of Network Service Providers (NSPs) visible to this
+        WiMAX device.
+      
      HwAddress -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        Hardware address of the device.
+      
      CenterFrequency -
+      u -
+      (read)
      
+        Center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
+        communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
+        device is not connected.
+      
      Rssi -
+      i -
+      (read)
      
+        RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
+        the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
+        indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
+        device is not connected.
+      
      Cinr -
+      i -
+      (read)
      
+        CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
+        in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
+        meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
      TxPower -
+      i -
+      (read)
      
+        Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
+        0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
+        -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
      Bsid -
+      s -
+      (read)
      
+        The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
+        no meaning when the device is not connected.
+      
      ActiveNsp -
+      o -
+      (read)
      
+        Object path of the NSP currently used by the WiMax device.
       
      
 
   
      org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.WiMax.Nsp
      Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
@@ -1776,6 +2046,15 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.Interface has no methods.
      Signals:
      PropertiesChanged (
         a{sv}: properties
         )
      Parameters
      properties -
@@ -2481,7 +2760,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.Index
      Index of interfaces
      Index of types
      
-
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
      
 
      Object Hierarchy
      
-
          GObject
+
          GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 
      
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
 
      Functions
      
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_new ()
      
-
      GObject *
+
      GObject *
 nm_access_point_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);
      
 
      Creates a new NMAccessPoint.
      
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ nm_access_point_new (
 
      nm_access_point_get_flags ()
      
-
      NM80211ApFlags
+
      NM80211ApFlags
 nm_access_point_get_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the flags of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_flags (
 
      nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags ()
      
-
      NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+
      NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the WPA (version 1) flags of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags (
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags ()
      
-
      NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+
      NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the RSN (Robust Secure Network, ie WPA version 2) flags of the access
 point.
      
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ point.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_get_ssid ()
      
-
      const GByteArray *
+
      const GByteArray *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the SSID of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
      Returns
      
-
       the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the
+
       the GByteArray containing the SSID. This is the internal copy used by the
 access point, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ not be modified or freed.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_get_frequency ()
      
-
      guint32
+
      guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the frequency of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_frequency (
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_get_mode ()
      
-
      NM80211Mode
+
      NM80211Mode
 nm_access_point_get_mode (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the mode of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
      nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()
      
-
      guint32
+
      guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.
      
 
      
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_get_strength ()
      
-
      guint8
+
      guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Gets the current signal strength of the access point.
      
 
      
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
      nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()
      
-
      gint
+
      gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);
      
 
      Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -593,9 +593,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_filter_connections ()
      
-
      GSList *
+
      GSList *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GSList *connections);
      
+                                    const GSList *connections);
      
 
      Filters a given list of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 return connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ filter that list with this function.
      
 
      
+NMConnection objects to filter. 
      
       
@@ -631,20 +631,20 @@ filter that list with this function.
      
 
      
 
      Returns
      
 
       a
-list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap
+list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given ap
 .
 The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed
 by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should
-be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 
      
+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 
      
 
      [transfer container][element-type NMConnection]
      
 
      
 
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_access_point_connection_valid ()
      
-
      gboolean
+
      gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                  NMConnection *connection);
      
+                                  NMConnection *connection);
      
 
      Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
 the connection may be activated with that AP.  The connection must match the
 ap
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ against
      
 
 
      
-
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ against
      
 
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.
      
+
       TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.
      
 
      
 
 
      
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.
      
 
      Property Details
      
 
      
 
      The “bssid” property
      
-
        “bssid”                    gchar *
      
+
        “bssid”                    gchar *
      
 
      The BSSID of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “flags” property
      
-
        “flags”                    guint
      
+
        “flags”                    guint
      
 
      The flags of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Allowed values: <= 1
      
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “frequency” property
      
-
        “frequency”                guint
      
+
        “frequency”                guint
      
 
      The frequency of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Allowed values: <= 10000
      
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “hw-address” property
      
-
        “hw-address”               gchar *
      
+
        “hw-address”               gchar *
      
 
      The hardware address of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ access point and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “last-seen” property
      
-
        “last-seen”                gint
      
+
        “last-seen”                gint
      
 
      The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.
      
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “max-bitrate” property
      
-
        “max-bitrate”              guint
      
+
        “max-bitrate”              guint
      
 
      The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: 0
      
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      The “mode” property
      
-
        “mode”                     guint
      
+
        “mode”                     guint
      
 
      The mode of the access point; either "infrastructure" (a central
 coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 "ad-hoc" (a network with no central controller).
      
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 
      
 
      
 
      The “rsn-flags” property
      
-
        “rsn-flags”                guint
      
+
        “rsn-flags”                guint
      
 
      The RSN flags of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: 0
      
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 
      
 
      
 
      The “strength” property
      
-
        “strength”                 guchar
      
+
        “strength”                 guchar
      
 
      The current signal strength of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: 0
      
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 
      
 
      
 
      The “wpa-flags” property
      
-
        “wpa-flags”                guint
      
+
        “wpa-flags”                guint
      
 
      The WPA flags of the access point.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: 0
      
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index 51037dca..7187e85a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
      
-
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -228,35 +228,35 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
 
 
      
 
      Object Hierarchy
      
-
          GObject
+
          GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 
      Functions
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_new ()
      
-
      GObject *
+
      GObject *
 nm_active_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);
      
 
      Creates a new NMActiveConnection.
      
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ nm_active_connection_new (
      nm_active_connection_get_connection ()
      
 
      const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_connection (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
-
      Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path.  This is often used with
+
      Gets the NMConnection's DBus object path.  This is often used with
 nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path() to retrieve the
 NMRemoteConnection object that describes the connection.
      
 
      
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection
+
       the object path of the NMConnection which this NMActiveConnection
 is an active instance of.  This is the internal string used by the
 connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_id ()
      
 
      const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_id (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
-
      Gets the NMConnection's ID.
      
+
      Gets the NMConnection's ID.
      
 
      
 
      Parameters
      
 
      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
 
      
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_access_point_new ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NM80211ApFlags
+NM80211ApFlags
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_flags ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_wpa_flags ()
@@ -67,14 +67,14 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NM80211ApSecurityFlags
+NM80211ApSecurityFlags
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_rsn_flags ()
 
 
      
 
      const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_ssid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_frequency ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NM80211Mode
+NM80211Mode
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_mode ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_strength ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_access_point_filter_connections ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_access_point_connection_valid ()
@@ -164,43 +164,43 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *
 bssid
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 flags
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 frequency
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
      
 
      gintgint
 last-seen
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 max-bitrate
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 mode
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 rsn-flags
 Read
 
      Read
 
      
 
      gucharguchar
 strength
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 wpa-flags
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
      connections
      		
 
       a list of
-NMConnection objects to filter. 
      		[element-type NMConnection]
 
      
 
      
 
      connection
      an NMConnection to validate against ap
+
      an NMConnection to validate against ap
 
      		
  
 
      
 
      
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_new ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
      
 
      const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NMActiveConnectionState
+NMActiveConnectionState
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_state ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -176,17 +176,17 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *connection
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 default
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 default6
 Read
 
      
 
-gchar *id
 Read
 
      
 
-gchar *master
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *specific-object
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 state
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *type
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *uuid
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 vpn
 Read
 
      
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (
 
      Returns
      
-
       the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
       the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
 
      Since: 0.9.10
      
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      nm_active_connection_get_uuid ()
      
 
      const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_uuid (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
-
      Gets the NMConnection's UUID.
      
+
      Gets the NMConnection's UUID.
      
 
      
 
      Parameters
      
 
      
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
       the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
                                (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-
      Gets the NMConnection's type.
      
+
      Gets the NMConnection's type.
      
 
      
 
      Parameters
      
 
      
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
 
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
       the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      Since: 0.9.10
      
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
      
-
      const GPtrArray *
+
      const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
 
      Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.
      
 
      
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
       the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 
      
 
      [element-type NMDevice]
      
 
      
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 
      
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_state ()
      
-
      NMActiveConnectionState
+
      NMActiveConnectionState
 nm_active_connection_get_state (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
 
      Gets the active connection's state.
      
 
      
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_default ()
      
-
      gboolean
+
      gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
 
      Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).
      
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).
      
 
      
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection
      
+
       TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
@@ -654,8 +654,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the
-connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
+
       the NMIP4Config, or NULL if the
+connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 
      
 
      [transfer none]
      
 
      
@@ -685,9 +685,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
      Returns
      
-
       the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the
+
       the NMDHCP4Config, or NULL if the
 connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the
-NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 
      
+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 
      
 
      [transfer none]
      
 
      
 
      Since: 0.9.10
      
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ connection does not use DHCP, or is not in the
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
      
-
      gboolean
+
      gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
 
      Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).
      
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).
      
 
      
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection
      
+
       TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection
      
 
      
 
      
 
      
@@ -742,8 +742,8 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 
      
 
      Returns
      
-
       the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the
-connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
+
       the NMIP6Config, or NULL if the
+connection is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 
      
 
      [transfer none]
      
 
      
@@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
      Returns
      
-
       the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the
+
       the NMDHCP6Config, or NULL if the
 connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the
-NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 
      
+NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 
      
 
      [transfer none]
      
 
      
 
      Since: 0.9.10
      
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ connection does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the
 
      
 
      
 
      nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
      
-
      gboolean
+
      gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);
      
 
      Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.
      
 
      
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      Returns
      
-
       TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection
      
+
       TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection
      
 
      
 
      Since: 0.9.10
      
 
      
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
      Property Details
      
 
      
 
      The “connection” property
      
-
        “connection”               gchar *
      
+
        “connection”               gchar *
      
 
      The connection's path of the active connection.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “default” property
      
-
        “default”                  gboolean
      
+
        “default”                  gboolean
      
 
      Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: FALSE
      
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “default6” property
      
-
        “default6”                 gboolean
      
+
        “default6”                 gboolean
      
 
      Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: FALSE
      
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “id” property
      
-
        “id”                       gchar *
      
+
        “id”                       gchar *
      
 
      The active connection's ID
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “master” property
      
-
        “master”                   gchar *
      
+
        “master”                   gchar *
      
 
      The path of the master device if one exists.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “specific-object” property
      
-
        “specific-object”          gchar *
      
+
        “specific-object”          gchar *
      
 
      The specific object's path of the active connection.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “state” property
      
-
        “state”                    guint
      
+
        “state”                    guint
      
 
      The state of the active connection.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Allowed values: <= 3
      
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “type” property
      
-
        “type”                     gchar *
      
+
        “type”                     gchar *
      
 
      The active connection's type
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “uuid” property
      
-
        “uuid”                     gchar *
      
+
        “uuid”                     gchar *
      
 
      The active connection's UUID
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: NULL
      
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
      The “vpn” property
      
-
        “vpn”                      gboolean
      
+
        “vpn”                      gboolean
      
 
      Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.
      
 
      Flags: Read
      
 
      Default value: FALSE
      
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
index 865c607a..4ec1469d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMClient.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
      
-
-
-
-
+
@@ -392,12 +392,12 @@
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -408,48 +408,48 @@
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -468,27 +468,27 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
      
 
      
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -75,14 +75,14 @@
 
 
      
 
      const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 
      
 
      const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NMState
+NMState
 
 
 nm_client_get_state ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -257,14 +257,14 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_manager_running ()
 
 
      
 
      const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NMConnectivityState
+NMConnectivityState
 
 
 nm_client_get_connectivity ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NMConnectivityState
+NMConnectivityState
 
 
 nm_client_check_connectivity ()
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
 
      
 
      
 
-NMConnectivityState
+NMConnectivityState
 
 
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 connectivity
 Read
 
      Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 manager-running
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 
      Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 startup
 Read
 
      
 
      guintguint
 state
 Read
 
      
 
      
 
-gchar *version
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 
      
 
      gbooleangboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 
      
 void
 any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
 
      
 
      
 void
 any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
 
      
 
      
 void
 device-addedRun FirstRun First
 
      
 
      
 void
 device-removedRun FirstRun First
 
      
 
      
 void
 permission-changedRun FirstRun First
 
      
       
 

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMClient
 

@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -632,9 +632,9 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it.
 callback
  will be called when it is done; use
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ control them.  To access and modify network configuration data, use the
 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -690,12 +690,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -703,13 +703,13 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ containing all the NMDevices
 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given iface
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -853,19 +853,19 @@ or NULL if none is found. 

 
void
 (*NMClientActivateFn) (NMClient *client,
                        NMActiveConnection *active_connection,
-                       GError *error,
-                       gpointer user_data);

+                       GError *error,
+                       gpointer user_data);
 

 

 

 
nm_client_activate_connection ()

 
void
 nm_client_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
-                               NMConnection *connection,
+                               NMConnection *connection,
                                NMDevice *device,
                                const char *specific_object,
                                NMClientActivateFn callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Starts a connection to a particular network using the configuration settings
 from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
 
connection

-
 an NMConnection. 

+
 an NMConnection. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -940,19 +940,19 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 (*NMClientAddActivateFn) (NMClient *client,
                           NMActiveConnection *connection,
                           const char *new_connection_path,
-                          GError *error,
-                          gpointer user_data);
+                          GError *error,
+                          gpointer user_data);
 

 

 

 
nm_client_add_and_activate_connection ()

 
void
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection (NMClient *client,
-                                       NMConnection *partial,
+                                       NMConnection *partial,
                                        NMDevice *device,
                                        const char *specific_object,
                                        NMClientAddActivateFn callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);

+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the
 given device and specific object.  The new connection is then activated.
@@ -977,8 +977,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
 
partial

-
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ before being added. 

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled);

+                                  gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1183,13 +1183,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);
 
Enables or disables WWAN devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WWAN

+
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 
 
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1265,13 +1265,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WiMAX

+
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 
 
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (
 
nm_client_get_state ()

-
NMState
+
NMState
 nm_client_get_state (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the current daemon state.

 

@@ -1399,13 +1399,13 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
Returns

-
 the current NMState

+
 the current NMState

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_manager_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_manager_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1453,13 +1453,13 @@ nm_client_get_manager_running (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
nm_client_sleep ()

 
void
 nm_client_sleep (NMClient *client,
-                 gboolean sleep_);

+                 gboolean sleep_);

 
Deprecated; use nm_client_networking_set_enabled() instead.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ nm_client_sleep (
sleep_

-
TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

+
TRUE to put the daemon to sleep

  
 
 
@@ -1553,11 +1553,11 @@ client can or cannot perform the action the permission represents

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1594,18 +1594,18 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1623,18 +1623,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
domains

 
 logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1642,14 +1642,14 @@ domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_connectivity ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_get_connectivity (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the current network connectivity state. Contrast
 nm_client_check_connectivity() and
@@ -1679,10 +1679,10 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 

 

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new)
 current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns
 the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1704,12 +1704,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1726,9 +1726,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
@@ -1772,10 +1772,10 @@ re-checking, and 
 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

-
NMConnectivityState
+
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -1794,12 +1794,12 @@ call.

 
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 
The “connectivity” property

-
  “connectivity”             guint

+
  “connectivity”             guint

 
The network connectivity state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4

@@ -2237,7 +2237,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 

 

 
The “manager-running” property

-
  “manager-running”          gboolean

+
  “manager-running”          gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ Type: GLib.PtrArray

 

 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint

+
  “state”                    guint

 
The current daemon state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 70

@@ -2280,7 +2280,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2340,8 +2340,8 @@ see 
The “any-device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2371,15 +2371,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2409,15 +2409,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2447,15 +2447,15 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -2485,16 +2485,16 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “permission-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     permission,
+               guint     result,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a permission has changed

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
index 87c74fef..2a068f95 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_dhcp4_config_new ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP4Config
 

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_dhcp4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_dhcp4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMDHCP4Config.

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_new (
 
nm_dhcp4_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (NMDHCP4Config *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp4_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
+
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
index 7b322c5e..8eaf5610 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDHCP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_dhcp6_config_new ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDHCP6Config
 

@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_dhcp6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_dhcp6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMDHCP6Config.

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_new (
 
nm_dhcp6_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (NMDHCP6Config *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ nm_dhcp6_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
+
 the GHashTable containing strings for keys and values.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,GObject.Value)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
index 7506b557..8996affa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDevice.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_new ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceType
+NMDeviceType
 
 
 nm_device_get_device_type ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceCapabilities
+NMDeviceCapabilities
 
 
 nm_device_get_capabilities ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_managed ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceState
+NMDeviceState
 
 
 nm_device_get_state ()
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceState
+NMDeviceState
 
 
 nm_device_get_state_reason ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_available_connections ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_get_mtu ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_software ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_real ()
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_device_filter_connections ()
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_valid ()
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_compatible ()
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_device_get_setting_type ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write
 
@@ -387,12 +387,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 capabilities
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 device-type
 Read
 
@@ -410,36 +410,36 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver-version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 firmware-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 firmware-version
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 ip-interface
 Read
 
@@ -456,34 +456,34 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 managed
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 physical-port-id
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 product
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 real
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state
 Read
 
@@ -494,13 +494,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 udi
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 vendor
 Read
 
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDevice if necessary.

 

@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ nm_device_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_device_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDevice.

@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_device_type ()

-
NMDeviceType
+
NMDeviceType
 nm_device_get_device_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Returns the numeric type of the NMDevice, ie Ethernet, Wi-Fi, etc.

 

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (
 
Returns

-
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
+
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
 This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceCapabilities
+
NMDeviceCapabilities
 nm_device_get_capabilities (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the device' capabilities.

 

@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (
 
nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 

 

@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

 
Enables or disables management of  NMDevice by NetworkManager.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
managed

-
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
 
 
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
 
nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

 

 

 

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);

+                           gboolean autoconnect);

 
Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
autoconnect

-
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  
 
 
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
 
nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ to be missing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
+
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

 

 

@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the NMIP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
+
 the NMDHCP4Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
 using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the NMIP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@ connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
+
 the NMDHCP6Config or NULL if the device is not activated or not
 using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ using DHCP. 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_state ()

-
NMDeviceState
+
NMDeviceState
 nm_device_get_state (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the current NMDevice state.

 

@@ -1275,9 +1275,9 @@ nm_device_get_state (
 
nm_device_get_state_reason ()

-
NMDeviceState
+
NMDeviceState
 nm_device_get_state_reason (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMDeviceStateReason *reason);

+                            NMDeviceStateReason *reason);

 
Gets the current NMDevice state (return value) and the reason for entering
 the state (reason
  argument).

@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ the state (reason
 
 
 
reason

-
 location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL. 

+
 location to store reason (NMDeviceStateReason), or NULL. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
+
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
 not part of an active connection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ not part of an active connection. 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1361,7 +1361,7 @@ be activated on device
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by
 the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);

-
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
+
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
 an opaque string that can be used to recognize when
 seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual
 ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
+
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
 ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and
 must not be modified.

 

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1450,15 +1450,15 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 
Since: 1.0

 

 

 

 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1611,8 +1611,8 @@ devices in devices
 
NMDeviceCallbackFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceCallbackFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                       GError *error,
-                       gpointer user_data);

+                       GError *error,
+                       gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ devices in devices
 
void
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
                       NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                      gpointer user_data);

+                      gpointer user_data);

 
Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from
 automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection
 request.

@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ operation completes. 

 
void
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
                   NMDeviceCallbackFn callback,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 
Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1696,9 +1696,9 @@ operation completes. 

 

 

 
nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GSList *connections);

+                              const GSList *connections);

 
Filters a given list of connections for a given NMDevice object and return
 connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device
 
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see
 
 
 
connections

-
 a list of NMConnection objects to filter. 

+
 a list of NMConnection objects to filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
 
@@ -1734,20 +1734,20 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see
 

 
Returns

 
 a
-list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device
+list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given device
 .
 The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed
 by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should
-be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMConnection *connection);

+                            NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against device
+
an NMConnection to validate against device
 

  
 
@@ -1782,17 +1782,17 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -1821,13 +1821,13 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against device
+
an NMConnection to validate against device
 

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1835,16 +1835,16 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

-
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
+
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
 .

 

@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 
Returns

 
 device
-'s associated NMSetting type

+'s associated NMSetting type

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1874,8 +1874,8 @@ that can be used on device
 
NMDeviceDeactivateFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceDeactivateFn) (NMDevice *device,
-                         GError *error,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         GError *error,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
NMDeviceDeactivateFn is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

@@ -2073,7 +2073,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2089,7 +2089,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “capabilities” property

-
  “capabilities”             guint

+
  “capabilities”             guint

 
The capabilities of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “device-type” property

-
  “device-type”              guint

+
  “device-type”              guint

 
The numeric type of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *

+
  “driver”                   gchar *

 
The driver of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *

+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

 
The version of the device driver.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2135,8 +2135,8 @@ that can be used on device
 

 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2144,7 +2144,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

 
The firmware version of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *

+
  “interface”                gchar *

 
The interface of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

 
The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related
 operations like addressing and routing.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2183,7 +2183,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 1500

@@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

 
The physical port ID of the device. (See
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *

+
  “product”                  gchar *

 
The product string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state” property

-
  “state”                    guint

+
  “state”                    guint

 
The state of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2244,7 +2244,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *

+
  “udi”                      gchar *

 
An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not
 unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs.  It
 is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem)
@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 

 

 
The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *

+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

 
The vendor string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2269,10 +2269,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index 3f108475..3b3b0563 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_new ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_adsl_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_adsl_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceAdsl.

@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_new (
 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
index 7659084c..691f2294 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBond.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bond_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBond if necessary.

 

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ nm_device_bond_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_bond_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bond_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBond.

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index f0af6d6a..fc7bc0e8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_error_quark (voi
 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bridge_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                       const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBridge.

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index 8a0df6b0..76305ea9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_bt_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_bt_new ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMBluetoothCapabilities
+NMBluetoothCapabilities
 
 
 nm_device_bt_get_capabilities ()
@@ -92,19 +92,19 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bt-capabilities
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_bt_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_bt_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceBt if necessary.

 

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ nm_device_bt_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_device_bt_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_bt_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceBt.

@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_name (
 
nm_device_bt_get_capabilities ()

-
NMBluetoothCapabilities
+
NMBluetoothCapabilities
 nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (NMDeviceBt *device);

 
Returns the Bluetooth device's usable capabilities.

 

@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
Returns

-
 a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

+
 a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities

 

 

 

@@ -368,15 +368,15 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
Property Details

 

 
The “bt-capabilities” property

-
  “bt-capabilities”          guint

-
The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

+
  “bt-capabilities”          guint

+
The device's bluetooth capabilities, a combination of NMBluetoothCapabilities.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the bluetooth device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 655a0441..b6904673 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_new ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceEthernet if necessary.

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_error_quark (v
 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_ethernet_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceEthernet.

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index 58b7c9ca..17b53a16 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_generic_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_generic_new ()
@@ -78,13 +78,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceGeneric if necessary.

 

@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ nm_device_generic_error_quark (vo
 

 

 
nm_device_generic_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_generic_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceGeneric.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -276,8 +276,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index bb9523d5..8a0289a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_new ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_error_quark (
 

 
nm_device_infiniband_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_infiniband_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                           const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceInfiniband.

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index 15fe2aa1..f926017a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_modem_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 
 
 nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 
 
 nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities ()
@@ -78,12 +78,12 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 current-capabilities
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 modem-capabilities
 Read
 
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_modem_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_modem_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceModem if necessary.

 

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ nm_device_modem_error_quark (void
 

 

 
nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 nm_device_modem_get_modem_capabilities
                                (NMDeviceModem *self);

 
Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ may require a firmware reload or reinitialization.

 

 

 
nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
+
NMDeviceModemCapabilities
 nm_device_modem_get_current_capabilities
                                (NMDeviceModem *self);

 
Returns a bitfield of the generic access technology families the modem
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ a firmware reload or other reinitialization

 
Property Details

 

 
The “current-capabilities” property

-
  “current-capabilities”     guint

+
  “current-capabilities”     guint

 
The generic family of access technologies the modem currently supports
 without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ without a firmware reload or reinitialization.

 

 

 
The “modem-capabilities” property

-
  “modem-capabilities”       guint

+
  “modem-capabilities”       guint

 
The generic family of access technologies the modem supports.  Not all
 capabilities are available at the same time however; some modems require
 a firmware reload or other reinitialization to switch between eg
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index c48c4e36..efe8b75d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceOlpcMesh if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_error_quark (
 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                          const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceOlpcMesh.

@@ -251,14 +251,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index 2195f9aa..6f8c4fb7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_team_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_team_new ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ nm_device_team_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_team_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_team_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceTeam.

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -253,14 +253,14 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index 51c89f0d..5516481d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_new ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_vlan_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceVlan.

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index d739d92a..c64a4615 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_new ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-NM80211Mode
+NM80211Mode
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_mode ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
+NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -160,29 +160,29 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wireless-capabilities
 Read
 
@@ -201,12 +201,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_wifi_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMDeviceWifi if necessary.

 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_error_quark (void<
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_wifi_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                     const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMDeviceWifi.

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_mode ()

-
NM80211Mode
+
NM80211Mode
 nm_device_wifi_get_mode (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the NMDeviceWifi mode.

 

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities ()

-
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
+
NMDeviceWifiCapabilities
 nm_device_wifi_get_capabilities (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the Wi-Fi capabilities of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
 a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn ()

 
void
 (*NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn) (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                              GError *error,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GError *error,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_simple (NMDeviceWifi *device,
                                     NMDeviceWifiRequestScanFn callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on the NMDeviceWifi. This function only
 instructs NM to perform scanning. Use nm_device_wifi_get_access_points()
 to get available access points.

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 3

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ required by the connection

 

 

 
The “wireless-capabilities” property

-
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint

+
  “wireless-capabilities”    guint

 
The wireless capabilities of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -771,8 +771,8 @@ required by the connection

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -801,15 +801,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 93148ed9..02f4dd46 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_new ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -147,23 +147,23 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -174,12 +174,12 @@
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_error_quark (void
 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_device_wimax_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                      const char *path);

 

@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -422,14 +422,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -839,8 +839,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -873,15 +873,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
index b7b318e1..bc72a055 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_new ()
@@ -57,42 +57,42 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()
 
 
 
-const GArray *
+const GArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()
 
 
 
-const GArray *
+const GArray *
 
 
 nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
 
 
-gpointer
+gpointer
 addresses
 Read
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gpointer
+gpointer
 routes
 Read
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP4Config
 

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_ip4_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_ip4_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMIP4Config.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip4_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the IP4 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses.
+
 the GSList containing NMIP4Addresses.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP4Address]

 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified. 
 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip4_config_get_routes (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -316,8 +316,8 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
-NMIP4Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
+
 the GSList containing
+NMIP4Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP4Route]

 

@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

 

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_nameservers (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GArray containing guint32s.
+
 the GArray containing guint32s.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be
 modified. 

 
[element-type guint32]

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_domains (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the domain names.

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the
+
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings. This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_searches (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the dns searches.

 

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the
+
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings. This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers ()

-
const GArray *
+
const GArray *
 nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (NMIP4Config *config);

 
Gets the Windows Internet Name Service servers (WINS).

 

@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ nm_ip4_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GArray containing guint32s.
+
 the GArray containing guint32s.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration and must not be
 modified. 

 
[element-type guint32]

@@ -486,21 +486,21 @@ modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                gpointer

-
The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                gpointer

+
The GPtrArray containing NMIP4Addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

 
  “domains”                  NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP4 gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,21 +510,21 @@ modified. 

 

 
The “nameservers” property

 
  “nameservers”              NMUintArray *

-
The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+
The GArray containing name servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   gpointer

-
The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   gpointer

+
The GPtrArray containing NMSettingIP4Routes of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

 
  “searches”                 NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ modified. 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

 
  “wins-servers”             NMUintArray *

-
The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

+
The GArray containing WINS servers (guint32s) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
index ed97f3e5..aa48b510 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMIP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_new ()
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()
@@ -86,21 +86,21 @@
 
 
 
-const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIP6Config
 

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_ip6_config_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_ip6_config_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                    const char *object_path);

 
Creates a new NMIP6Config.

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip6_config_get_addresses ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the IP6 addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
-NMIP6Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration
+
 the GSList containing
+NMIP6Addresses. This is the internal copy used by the configuration
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP6Address]

 

@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_routes ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_routes (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GSList containing
-NMIP6Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
+
 the GSList containing
+NMIP6Routes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration,
 and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMIP6Route]

 

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the number of the domain name servers in the configuration.

 

@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_num_nameservers (
nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver ()

 
const struct in6_addr *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (NMIP6Config *config,
-                              guint32 idx);

+                              guint32 idx);

 
Gets the domain name server at index idx
  in the configuration.

 

@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameserver (
 
nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the domain name servers (DNS).

 
[skip]

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_nameservers (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which
+
 a GSList containing elements of type 'struct in6_addr' which
 contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.  This is the
 internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

 

@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ internal copy used by the configuration and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_domains ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_domains (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the domain names.

 

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings.
+
 the GPtrArray containing domains as strings.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 

 
nm_ip6_config_get_searches ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_ip6_config_get_searches (NMIP6Config *config);

 
Gets the dns searches.

 

@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ nm_ip6_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings.
+
 the GPtrArray containing dns searches as strings.
 This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “addresses” property

 
  “addresses”                NMIP6AddressObjectArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses;  use
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
+
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 addresses;  use
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
 NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -527,13 +527,13 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “domains” property

 
  “domains”                  NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IPv6 gateway as string

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must not be modified. <
 

 
The “nameservers” property

 
  “nameservers”              NMIP6AddressArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which
+
The GPtrArray containing elements of type 'struct ip6_addr' which
 contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -551,8 +551,8 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 

 
The “routes” property

 
  “routes”                   NMIP6RouteObjectArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes;  use
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
+
The GPtrArray containing the IPv6 routes;  use
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue() to return a GSList of
 NMSettingIP6Address objects that is more usable than the raw data.

 
Flags: Read

 

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ contain the addresses of nameservers of the configuration.

 

 
The “searches” property

 
  “searches”                 NMStringArray *

-
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

+
The GPtrArray containing dns search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
index 296e0b0c..fb4c6d24 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMObject.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_object_error_quark ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dbus-path
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 
 void
 object-creation-failed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMClient
         ├── NMDevice
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_object_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_object_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMObject if necessary.

 

@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

 

@@ -291,9 +291,9 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
The “object-creation-failed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMObject *master_object,
-               gpointer  error,
-               gpointer  failed_path,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               gpointer  error,
+               gpointer  failed_path,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Indicates that an error occured while creating an NMObject object
 during property handling of master_object
 .

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ during property handling of master_object
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index c099c3df..6f1b753a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -152,12 +152,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dbus-path
 Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
@@ -176,17 +176,17 @@
 
 void
 removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 updated
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 visible
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
-    ╰── NMConnection
+
    GObject
+    ╰── NMConnection
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

 

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMRemoteConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_error_quark (
NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GError *error,
+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Called when NetworkManager has finished an asynchronous operation on a
 connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

 

@@ -296,9 +296,9 @@ connection, like commit changes, deleting, saving, etc.

 
NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc) (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     GHashTable *secrets,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GHashTable *secrets,
+                                     GError *error,
+                                     gpointer user_data);

 
Called when NetworkManager returns secrets in response to a request for
 secrets via nm_remote_connection_get_secrets().

 

@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ secrets via 
secrets

 
 on success, a hash table of
-hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue
+hash tables, with each inner hash mapping a setting property to a GValue
 containing that property's value. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (
 
Returns

-
 the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

+
 the new remote connection object on success, or NULL on failure

 

 

 

@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_new (void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                      NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to
 NetworkManager, which will immediately save them to disk.

 

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ commit completes. 

 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_unsaved
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of this connection to
 NetworkManager.  The changes are not saved to disk until either
 nm_remote_connection_save() or nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() is
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ commit completes. 

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                            NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                           gpointer user_data);

+                           gpointer user_data);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ save completes. 

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                              NMRemoteConnectionResultFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);

 
Delete the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
                                   NMRemoteConnectionGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Request the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,13 +554,13 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (
 
 
setting_name

-
the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

+
the NMSetting object name to get secrets for

  
 
 
 
callback

 
 a function to be called when the update completes;
-must not be NULL. 

+must not be NULL. 

 [scope async]
 
 
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ must not be NULL. 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -595,8 +595,8 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -681,16 +681,16 @@ representation.

 

 

 
The “dbus-path” property

-
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

+
  “dbus-path”                gchar *

 
Flags: Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its
 
The “removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)

 
This signal is emitted when a connection is either deleted or becomes
 invisible to the current user.

 

@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ invisible to the current user.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ invisible to the current user.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “updated” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

+               gpointer            user_data)

 
This signal is emitted when a connection changes, and it is
 still visible to the user.

 

@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ still visible to the user.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -759,16 +759,16 @@ still visible to the user.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “visible” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteConnection *nmremoteconnection,
-               gboolean            arg1,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gboolean            arg1,
+               gpointer            user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
index 10d37ade..0b79f7ec 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMRemoteSettings.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()
@@ -189,18 +189,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hostname
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 service-running
 Read
 
@@ -219,12 +219,12 @@
 
 void
 connections-read
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 new-connection
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMRemoteSettings
 

 

@@ -284,13 +284,13 @@
 which stores network configuration and allows authenticated clients to
 add, delete, and modify that configuration.  The data required to connect
 to a specific network is called a "connection" and encapsulated by the
-NMConnection object.  Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having
+NMConnection object.  Once a connection is known to NetworkManager, having
 either been added by a user or read from on-disk storage, the
 NMRemoteSettings object creates a NMRemoteConnection object which
 represents this stored connection.  Use the NMRemoteConnection object to
 perform any operations like modification or deletion.

 
To add a new network connection to the NetworkManager settings service, first
-build up a template NMConnection object.  Since this connection is not yet
+build up a template NMConnection object.  Since this connection is not yet
 added to NetworkManager, it is known only to your program and is not yet
 an NMRemoteConnection.  Then ask NMRemoteSettings to add your connection.
 When the connection is added successfully, the supplied callback is called
@@ -366,15 +366,15 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

           gpointer user_data)
 {
    if (error)
-       g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message);
+       g_print ("Error adding connection: %s", error->message);
    else {
-       g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote)));
+       g_print ("Added: %s\n", nm_connection_get_path (NM_CONNECTION (remote)));
        /* Use 'remote' with nm_remote_connection_commit_changes() to save
         * changes and nm_remote_connection_delete() to delete the connection */
    }
 }
 
-static gboolean
+static gboolean
 add_wired_connection (const char *human_name)
 {
    NMConnection *connection;
@@ -383,35 +383,35 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

    char *uuid;
    gboolean success;
 
-   connection = nm_connection_new ();
+   connection = nm_connection_new ();
 
    /* Build up the 'connection' setting */
-   s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new ();
-   uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate ();
-   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con),
-                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid,
-                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name,
-                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME,
-                 NULL);
-   g_free (uuid);
-   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con));
+   s_con = (NMSettingConnection *) nm_setting_connection_new ();
+   uuid = nm_utils_uuid_generate ();
+   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_con),
+                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_UUID, uuid,
+                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_ID, human_name,
+                 NM_SETTING_CONNECTION_TYPE, NM_SETTING_WIRED_SETTING_NAME,
+                 NULL);
+   g_free (uuid);
+   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_con));
 
    /* Add the required 'wired' setting as this is a wired connection */
-   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ());
+   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, nm_setting_wired_new ());
 
    /* Add an 'ipv4' setting using AUTO configuration (eg DHCP) */
-   s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new ();
-   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4),
-                 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO,
-                 NULL);
-   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4));
+   s_ip4 = (NMSettingIP4Config *) nm_setting_ip4_config_new ();
+   g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_ip4),
+                 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD, NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO,
+                 NULL);
+   nm_connection_add_setting (connection, NM_SETTING (s_ip4));
 
    /* Ask NetworkManager to store the connection */
    success = nm_remote_settings_add_connection (settings, connection, added_cb, loop);
 
    /* Release the template connection; the actual stored connection will
     * be returned in added_cb() */
-   g_object_unref (connection);
+   g_object_unref (connection);
 
    /* Let glib event loop run and added_cb() will be called when NetworkManager
     * is done adding the new connection. */
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ the stored object known to NetworkManager.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_remote_settings_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMRemoteSettings if necessary.

 

@@ -443,8 +443,8 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
 
void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                       NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -453,16 +453,16 @@ nm_remote_settings_error_quark (v
 (*NMRemoteSettingsLoadConnectionsFunc)
                                (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                 char **failures,
-                                GError *error,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GError *error,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc) (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                     GError *error,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GError *error,
+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ want to avoid that.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

+
 the new remote settings object on success, or NULL on failure

 

 

 

@@ -498,9 +498,9 @@ want to avoid that.

 
nm_remote_settings_new_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_settings_new_async (DBusGConnection *bus,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new object representing the remote settings service and
 begins asynchronously initializing it. callback
  will be called
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ result.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -544,8 +544,8 @@ result.

 

 
nm_remote_settings_new_finish ()

 
NMRemoteSettings *
-nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                               GError **error);

+nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                               GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_remote_settings_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GA
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ nm_remote_settings_new_finish (GA
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMRemoteSettings object, or NULL on error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_list_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_remote_settings_list_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ list containing all connections provided by the remote settings service.
 Each element of the returned list is a NMRemoteConnection instance, which is
 owned by the NMRemoteSettings object and should not be freed by the caller.
 The returned list is, however, owned by the caller and should be freed
-using g_slist_free() when no longer required. 

+using g_slist_free() when no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMRemoteConnection]

 

 

@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_id
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_remote_settings_get_connection_by_uuid
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -723,11 +723,11 @@ not known. 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_add_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   NMConnection *connection,
                                    NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  The connection is immediately written to disk.  connection
  is
@@ -776,18 +776,18 @@ added, not the object itself

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_add_connection_unsaved
                                (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMRemoteSettingsAddConnectionFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  The connection is not written to disk, which may be done at
 a later time by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
@@ -828,29 +828,29 @@ added, not the object itself

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_load_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                      char **filenames,
                                      char ***failures,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 settings
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -868,18 +868,18 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 
 
filenames

-
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

+
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 
 
 
failures

-
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -887,18 +887,18 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_reload_connections (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -926,18 +926,18 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_settings_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_settings_save_hostname (NMRemoteSettings *settings,
                                   const char *hostname,
                                   NMRemoteSettingsSaveHostnameFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing
+
the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing
 persistent hostname

  
 
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ hostname operation completes. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

@@ -1085,15 +1085,15 @@ to the system bus if not specified.

 

 

 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_remote_settings_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ modified by calling 
 
The “service-running” property

-
  “service-running”          gboolean

+
  “service-running”          gboolean

 
Whether the settings service is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1114,17 +1114,17 @@ modified by calling 
The “connections-read” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               gpointer          user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer          user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “new-connection” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMRemoteSettings *nmremotesettings,
-               GObject          *arg1,
-               gpointer          user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               GObject          *arg1,
+               gpointer          user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
index 8acd02c1..892f28e5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMSecretAgent.html
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_register ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_unregister ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -150,12 +150,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 registered
 Read
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 
 void
 registration-result
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgent
 

 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void
 
NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *secrets,
-                                GError *error,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                GHashTable *secrets,
+                                GError *error,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -283,18 +283,18 @@ something like this:

 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wsec;
 GHashTable *secrets_hash;
 
-secrets = nm_connection_new ();
-s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
-              NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
-nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
-secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL);
+secrets = nm_connection_new ();
+s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+              NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
+              NULL);
+nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
+secrets_hash = nm_connection_to_hash (secrets, NM_SETTING_HASH_FLAG_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc with secrets_hash)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);

+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_hash_table_unref (secrets_hash);

       
     
   
@@ -319,17 +319,17 @@ something like this:

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
 the GHashTable containing
-the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as
-created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example).  Each key in secrets
-should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
-and each value should be a GHashTable.  The sub-hashes map string:GValue
+
 the GHashTable containing
+the requested secrets in the same format as an NMConnection hash (as
+created by nm_connection_to_hash() for example).  Each key in secrets
+should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
+and each value should be a GHashTable.  The sub-hashes map string:GValue
 where the string is the setting property name (like "psk") and the value
 is the secret. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
@@ -353,9 +353,9 @@ is the secret. 

 
NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError *error,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError *error,
+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ has returned. 

 
NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgent subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_register (NMSecretAgent *self);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
@@ -469,15 +469,15 @@ asynchronous operation and its success or failure is indicated via the
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does
-not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not
+
 a new TRUE if registration was successfully requested (this does
+not mean registration itself was successful), FALSE if registration was not
 successfully requested.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_unregister (NMSecretAgent *self);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgent with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is will no longer provide or
@@ -499,13 +499,13 @@ store secrets on behalf of this user.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

+
 a new TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_get_registered (NMSecretAgent *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -532,12 +532,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_get_registered (
nm_secret_agent_get_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_get_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                             NMConnection *connection,
+                             NMConnection *connection,
                              const char *setting_name,
                              const char **hints,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                              NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);

 
Asyncronously retrieve secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

+
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

  
 
 
@@ -601,9 +601,9 @@ secrets from the user.

 
nm_secret_agent_save_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_save_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                              NMConnection *connection,
+                              NMConnection *connection,
                               NMSecretAgentSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                              gpointer user_data);

+                              gpointer user_data);

 
Asyncronously ensure that all secrets inside connection
 
 are stored to disk.

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ are stored to disk.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -647,9 +647,9 @@ are stored to disk.

 
nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgent *self,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSecretAgentDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ask the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_delete_secrets (
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ results or carrier changes.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

 
If TRUE, the agent will attempt to automatically register itself after
 it is created (via an idle handler) and to re-register itself if
 NetworkManager restarts.  If FALSE, the agent does not automatically
@@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ called, which re-enables auto-registration.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -921,8 +921,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

@@ -933,8 +933,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 
The “registration-result” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMSecretAgent *agent,
-               gpointer       error,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               gpointer       error,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Indicates the result of a registration request; if error
  is NULL the
 request was successful.

@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ request was successful.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
index 7562a519..c22c036a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMVPNConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_vpn_connection_new ()
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMVPNConnectionState
+NMVPNConnectionState
 
 
 nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state ()
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 banner
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vpn-state
 Read
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 void
 vpn-state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVPNConnection
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_connection_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_connection_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                        const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMVPNConnection.

@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ nm_vpn_connection_new (
 
nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state ()

-
NMVPNConnectionState
+
NMVPNConnectionState
 nm_vpn_connection_get_vpn_state (NMVPNConnection *vpn);

 
Gets the current NMVPNConnection state.

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “vpn-state” property

-
  “vpn-state”                guint

+
  “vpn-state”                guint

 
The VPN state of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVPNConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index 91cdbfee..7f7c4d6c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_new ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -102,17 +102,17 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 network-type
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 signal-quality
 Read
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_new ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_wimax_nsp_new (DBusGConnection *connection,
                   const char *path);

 
Creates a new NMWimaxNsp.

@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GSList *
+
GSList *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GSList *connections);

+                                 const GSList *connections);

 
Filters a given list of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the nsp
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ returned connections will match the nsp
 
 
connections

 
 a list of
-NMConnection objects to filter. 

+NMConnection objects to filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
 
@@ -306,20 +306,20 @@ returned connections will match the nsp
 

 
Returns

 
 a
-list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp
+list of NMConnection objects that could be activated with the given nsp
 .
 The elements of the list are owned by their creator and should not be freed
 by the caller, but the returned list itself is owned by the caller and should
-be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_slist_free() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                               NMConnection *connection);

+                               NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
 connection may be activated with that NSP.  The connection must match the
 nsp
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
+
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
 

  
 
@@ -350,8 +350,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             guint

+
  “network-type”             guint

 
The network type of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
index bbb72e4b..a39f0dc9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm-glib 1.1.90
+      for libnm-glib 1.1.91
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-glib/0.9/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
index e0523b6f..e7ba5969 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVPNPlugin.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMVPNServiceState
+NMVPNServiceState
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_get_state ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_get_connection (NMV
 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_get_state ()

-
NMVPNServiceState
+
NMVPNServiceState
 nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin);

 

 

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_get_state (NMVPNPlu
 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_state ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_state (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                         NMVPNServiceState state);

+                         NMVPNServiceState state);

 

 

 

@@ -235,35 +235,35 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_set_login_banner (N
 
nm_vpn_plugin_failure ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_failure (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                       NMVPNPluginFailure reason);

+                       NMVPNPluginFailure reason);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GHashTable *config);

+                          GHashTable *config);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip4_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip4_config);

+                              GHashTable *ip4_config);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config ()

 
void
 nm_vpn_plugin_set_ip6_config (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                              GHashTable *ip6_config);

+                              GHashTable *ip6_config);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_disconnect (NMVPNPlugin *plugin,
-                          GError **err);

+                          GError **err);

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
index a4343675..3d3f9393 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-NMVpnPluginUiWidget.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-GObject *
+GObject *
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()
@@ -249,45 +249,45 @@
 

 
NMVpnPluginUiFactory ()

 
NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnPluginUiFactory) (GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory ()

 
NMVpnPluginUiInterface *
-nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_plugin_ui_factory (GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory ()

 
NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_ui_factory (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
-                                       NMConnection *connection,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       NMConnection *connection,
+                                       GError **error);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_capabilities
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_import (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
                                    const char *path,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -295,42 +295,42 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_export (char *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_get_suggested_name
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection);
+                                NMConnection *connection);
 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                GError **error);

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_interface_delete_connection is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget ()

-
GObject *
+
GObject *
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_get_widget
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_update_connection
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
                                (NMVpnPluginUiWidgetInterface *iface,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                GError **error);

 
nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

 

 

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_ui_widget_interface_save_secrets
 

 

 
enum NMVpnPluginUiInterfaceProp

-
GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain
+
GObject property numbers that plugins should override to provide certain
 information to UI programs.

 

 
Members

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
index b03e5987..2fd2f609 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/libnm-glib-nm-vpn-plugin-utils.html
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_plugin_utils_read_vpn_details (int fd,
-                                      GHashTable **out_data,
-                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);

+                                      GHashTable **out_data,
+                                      GHashTable **out_secrets);

 
Parses key/value pairs from a file descriptor (normally stdin) passed by
 an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

@@ -102,20 +102,20 @@ an applet when the applet calls the authentication dialog of the VPN plugin.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if reading values was successful, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
-nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
+
gboolean
+nm_vpn_plugin_utils_get_secret_flags (GHashTable *data,
                                       const char *secret_name,
-                                      NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

+                                      NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags);

 
Given a VPN secret key name, attempts to find the corresponding flags data
 item in data
 .  If found, converts the flags data item to
-NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

+NMSettingSecretFlags and returns it.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ item in data

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
-to flags, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the flag data item was found and successfully converted
+to flags, FALSE if not

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
index c6ea9297..9f6fa6de 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 

 Object Hierarchy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMObject
     │   ├── NMClient
     │   ├── NMDevice
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
     │   ├── NMDHCP4Config
     │   ╰── NMDHCP6Config
     ├── NMRemoteSettings
-    ├── NMConnection
+    ├── NMConnection
     │   ╰── NMRemoteConnection
     ╰── NMSecretAgent
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
index 69658cdd..069199b8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-glib/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.1.90
+1.1.91
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
index 3ef46ffb..ce9cc5ea 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
+gchar *
@@ -538,17 +538,17 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_compare ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_diff ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_normalize ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_update_secrets ()
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_type ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 

 

 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_connection_to_hash ()
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
 

 

 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 

 

 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@
 
 

 
-gchar *
 path
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 void
 changedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 secrets-clearedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 secrets-updatedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -598,9 +598,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
 

 

@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters
 
Functions

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ nm_connection_new (void
 
nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
-                             GError **error);

+nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
+                             GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection.  See
 nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

 

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHas
 
 
 
hash

-
 the GHashTable describing
+
 the GHashTable describing
 the connection. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection. 

 

 
Returns

 
 the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created
-from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to
+from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to
 validate

 

 

@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const 
 
Returns

-
 the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown. 

+
 the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -777,8 +777,8 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 
nm_connection_remove_setting ()

 
void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);

-
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
+                              GType setting_type);
+
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
 operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to remove

+
the GType of the setting object to remove

  
 
 
@@ -808,8 +808,8 @@ operation dereferences the 
nm_connection_get_setting ()

 
NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);

-
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
+                           GType setting_type);
+
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
 to the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the 
 
 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to return

+
the GType of the setting object to return

  
 
 
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the 
 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
 added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -880,10 +880,10 @@ added to the 
 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GHashTable *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -913,18 +913,18 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
 if they were not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMConnection *new_connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction
  and replaces the settings of connection
 
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

 
 

-
+
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ with

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
+
 TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE
 if they were not

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ if they were not

 

 

 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -1003,17 +1003,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

 
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.  If the connections differ, settings and keys within
@@ -1057,16 +1057,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
+
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
 not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

 
Validates the connection and all its settings.  Each setting's properties
 have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values.  For
 example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the
 connection for the connection to be valid.  As another example, the
 NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted
-MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
+MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
 setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1100,22 +1100,22 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

 
Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies
 and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way,
 the output parameter modified
- is set TRUE.

-
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
+ is set TRUE.

+
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
 is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps
 it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that
 cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1135,10 +1135,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 
 

-
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 
 
-
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
Since: 1.0

 
@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 
nm_connection_need_secrets ()

 
const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);

+                            GPtrArray **hints);
 
Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would
 need secrets to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only
 intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some
@@ -1189,10 +1189,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 
 
-
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -1271,16 +1271,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GHashTable *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GHashTable *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

 
Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets
 intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).  Will also
 extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would
 be returned from nm_connection_to_hash().  If setting_name
- is NULL, expects
+ is NULL, expects
 a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and
 will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets
 .

@@ -1305,14 +1305,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in 
 

-
-
+
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
 failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

+connection types, this function will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
new_settings
 a GHashTable of settings. 
 a GHashTable of settings. 

 [element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
parameters
 a GHashTable with
+
 a GHashTable with
 normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing
 specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be
-used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
+used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
 The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]
 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
+
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
 why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
 

 
hints
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
-return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
+
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
+return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
 secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array
-and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
+and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
 elements. 

 [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
 

 
secrets
 a GHashTable mapping
-string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name
+
 a GHashTable mapping
+string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name
 . 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ connection types, this function will return NULL.
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 
 

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection types, this function will return NULL.const char *
 nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);
 
Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name.
-If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

 
For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager,
 this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by
 NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1440,14 +1440,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 
Since: 1.0

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1480,8 +1480,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
-, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
+, FALSE if not

 

 
 

@@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
 calling the supplied user function for each property.

 

@@ -1525,14 +1525,14 @@ at each invocation

 

 

 
nm_connection_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
 suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing.  The hash table mapping
-is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
+is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
 a NMSetting object.  The keys are setting object names, and the values
-are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
+are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
 properties of the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1559,9 +1559,9 @@ properties of the 
 
Returns

 
 a new
-GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
+GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's
 properties.  The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table
-with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

+with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

 

 

@@ -1592,9 +1592,9 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 

 

 
nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1612,16 +1612,16 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class

+
 the GType of the setting's class

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
-                               (GQuark error_quark);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
+                               (GQuark error_quark);

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
 Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class

+
 the GType of the setting's class

 

 

 

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (char *
 nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description
                                (NMConnection *connection);
-
Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would
+
Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would
 return for the virtual device that would be created for connection
 .
 Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
 the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]

 
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1861,7 +1861,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1889,7 +1889,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1998,7 +1998,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (
 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 
 
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2216,7 +2216,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2243,7 +2243,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
 
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record
 of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2586,7 +2586,7 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property
 (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified,
 or when settings are added or removed.

@@ -2612,7 +2612,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

 
The “secrets-cleared” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection
 are cleared.

 

@@ -2645,15 +2645,15 @@ are cleared.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “secrets-updated” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gchar        *setting_name,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               gchar        *setting_name,
+               gpointer      user_data)
 
The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting
 have been changed.

 

@@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ updated

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
index 3ce89683..422ee86b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_setting_to_hash ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_need_secrets ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_update_secrets ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -271,13 +271,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ├── NMSettingError
     ├── NMSettingHashFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

 

@@ -360,11 +360,11 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

 
 

@@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);
+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_setting_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                     NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
+
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
 name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over
 D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new GHashTable
+
 a new GHashTable
 describing the setting's properties. 

 
[transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

@@ -492,8 +492,8 @@ describing the setting's properties. 

 

 
nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
-                          GHashTable *hash);

+nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
+                          GHashTable *hash);

 
Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties
 contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set,
 and each hash value as the value to set that property to.  Setting properties
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ property names and value types.

 
 

-
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 

 
Returns

 
 a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the
-hash table, or NULL on failure

+hash table, or NULL on failure

 

 
 

@@ -587,14 +587,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   GSList *all_settings,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GSList *all_settings,
+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -612,14 +612,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ came. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -669,18 +669,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ leakage of information.

 
void
 nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                      NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);
 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_need_secrets ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

 
Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required
 to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only intended as a
@@ -891,9 +891,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the
-caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
+caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not
 free the elements. 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8]

 

@@ -901,10 +901,10 @@ free the elements. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           GHashTable *secrets,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GHashTable *secrets,
+                           GError **error);

 
Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that
 setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

@@ -923,13 +923,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 

-
+
-
+
@@ -937,18 +937,18 @@ string to GValue of setting property names and secrets
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to
 update one or more of the secrets.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -985,18 +985,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1033,8 +1033,8 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
+
 Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not
 support this feature

 

 
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index 05d9516c..bdb3e7ce 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -611,24 +611,24 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -639,25 +639,25 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -669,13 +669,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -705,29 +705,29 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -739,23 +739,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -923,11 +923,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
     ╰── NMSetting8021xError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

 

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);

 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1521,14 +1521,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2105,12 +2105,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw-flags” property

-
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

+
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this property
@@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the 
 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the 
 
The “private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

+
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 165177b5..e5fe4124 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingAdslError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index b011f98f..d1719203 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

 
Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting
 describes a connection to.

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
index 8d0e4d48..4d6695e2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -244,9 +244,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBondError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

 

@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
hash
 the GHashTable containing a
+
 the GHashTable containing a
 string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 
all_settings
 a GSList of all settings
+
 a GSList of all settings
 in the connection from which setting
 came. 

 [element-type NMSetting]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
secrets
 a GHashTable mapping
-string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 
 a GHashTable mapping
+string to GValue of setting property names and secrets. 

 [element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-raw-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 phase2-private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 private-key-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -123,40 +123,40 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index 71cdd58f..fad770b0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -233,9 +233,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index bc204181..e35476fa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

 

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

 
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 43980d9d..e2104fe2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

 

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

 
Property Details

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index ba73eb00..5601139d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -292,30 +292,30 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -403,9 +403,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -627,13 +627,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entires in the “permissions”
@@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-

+
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -246,30 +246,30 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *master
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *slave-type
 Read / Write
 

 
guint64guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1167,14 +1167,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 
The “permissions” property

 
  “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection.  Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection
 if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form
 "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by 
 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index 5cd1cd53..43b6c323 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -418,10 +418,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingDcbError
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

 

@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -677,10 +677,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -237,38 +237,38 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 app-fcoe-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-fip-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 app-iscsi-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-flow-control-flags
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 priority-group-flags
 Read / Write
 

@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -717,8 +717,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -780,9 +780,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -819,8 +819,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -857,10 +857,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -935,9 +935,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -974,8 +974,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1012,10 +1012,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1053,8 +1053,8 @@ assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are o
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1091,10 +1091,10 @@ its priority group, or FALSE if not

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

 
Property Details

 

 
The “app-fcoe-flags” property

-
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

+
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-fip-flags” property

-
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

+
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application.  Flags may
 be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “app-iscsi-flags” property

-
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

+
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application.  Flags
 may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

-
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

+
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC).
 Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ sum of all values must total 100 percent.

 

 

 
The “priority-group-flags” property

-
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

+
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

 
Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups.  Flags may be
 any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE,
 NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index b6cc9066..a829f8a9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -296,11 +296,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingGsmError
     ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand
     ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

 

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ the device may use when connecting to this network.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “allowed-bands” property

-
  “allowed-bands”            guint

+
  “allowed-bands”            guint

 
Bitfield of allowed frequency bands.  Note that not all devices allow
 frequency band control.  Permitted values are those specified by
 NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             gint

+
  “network-type”             gint

 
Network preference to force the device to only use specific network
 technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY,
 NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA,
@@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint

+
  “pin-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index b14b4721..37f3dce3 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -570,33 +570,33 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -710,12 +710,12 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP4Address
     ╰── NMIP4Route
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
 

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

 

@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                         NMIP4Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -858,13 +858,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

 

@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (
nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 addr);

+                            guint32 addr);

 
Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (
nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 gateway);

+                            guint32 gateway);

 
Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                       NMIP4Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1146,13 +1146,13 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (
nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
-                       guint32 dest);

+                       guint32 dest);

 
Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (
nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
-                           guint32 next_hop);

+                           guint32 next_hop);

 
Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (
nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1440,9 +1440,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()
@@ -84,9 +84,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingGenericError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on 
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 1e725b02..c0e6955e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()
@@ -156,63 +156,63 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 allowed-bands
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 network-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 pin-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_compare ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_address ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_compare ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -537,23 +537,23 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 dhcp-timeout
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1475,9 +1475,9 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 dns);

+                               guint32 dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1541,10 +1541,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 dns);

+                                guint32 dns);

 
Removes the DNS server dns
 .

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.
 domain was already known

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

@@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP4Address *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                    NMIP4Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Address *address);

@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP4Route *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                  NMIP4Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Route *route);

@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2158,7 +2158,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2210,14 +2210,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ addresses via DHCP.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ fails or zero for "default".

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2384,14 +2384,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv4 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
 “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

 
Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails
 or zero for default.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and
 only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
@@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

-
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE,
 automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in
 the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the 
 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv4 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most
 other properties can be left unset.  If "link-local" is specified, then a
@@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
 based on the device type.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index eb42de11..9abb7792 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -533,38 +533,38 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP6Address
     ╰── NMIP6Route
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
 

@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                         NMIP6Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (
 
nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

 

@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);

+                           guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip6_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                       NMIP6Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);

+                         guint32 prefix);

 
Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (
 
nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (
nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);

+                         guint32 metric);

 
Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

 
const struct in6_addr *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_compare ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_compare ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 ip6-privacy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *method
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gint64gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                const struct in6_addr *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ known

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);
 
Removes the DNS server at index i
 .

 

@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const struct in6_addr *dns);

@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 
 
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ domain was already known

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Removes the DNS search domain at index i
 .

 

@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

 
NMIP6Address *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);

+                                   guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    NMIP6Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ known.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);

+                                      guint32 i);
 
Removes the address at index i
 .

 

@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Address *address);

@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

 
NMIP6Route *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);

+                                 guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                  NMIP6Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 
 

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

 
void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);
 
Removes the route at index i
 .

 

@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Route *route);

@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -2150,14 +2150,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router
 advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -2267,14 +2267,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection
 for IPv6 addressing

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete
 for the connection to succeed.

 

 
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

 
The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a
 lease.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the 
 
The “ip6-privacy” property

-
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

+
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

 
Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941.  If
 enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in
 addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified
@@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).

 

 

 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6
 configuration times out.  Note that at least one IP configuration must
 succeed or overall network configuration will still fail.  For example,
-in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
+in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall
 network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4
 configuration completes successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IPv6 configuration method.  If "auto" is specified then the appropriate
 automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device
 and most other properties can be left unset.  To force the use of DHCP
@@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.

 

 

 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection,
 meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
 based on the device type.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 82db623e..0ae4811a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index d9a5d1d0..85f41842 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
+
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
index c66bd595..31ca59bb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPP
 

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

 

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1225,10 +1225,10 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
index c7abaffe..c2eb6faa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -165,9 +165,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
 

@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

 

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 
Property Details

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint

+
  “password-flags”           guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 43c21e9e..38b3786d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

 

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an 
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “parity” property

-
  “parity”                   gchar

+
  “parity”                   gchar

 
Parity setting of the serial port.  Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for
 odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 2e40a312..273a7cfb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used.  See man teamd.conf for the format details.

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index c08a4eb0..dccd39c1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -112,9 +112,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
index e3243206..53cc69c9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
@@ -194,13 +194,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingVpnError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVPN
 

@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ properties.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

 

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
 
void
 (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -113,24 +113,24 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *service
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

 
 

 
guintguint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gchargchar
 parity
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guint64guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_error_quark ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 

 
-gchar *config
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *service-type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *user-name
 Read / Write
 

@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                   NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                NMVPNIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -873,8 +873,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index df603abd..125f1353 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -191,13 +191,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -261,11 +261,11 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingVlanError
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entires in the
@@ -448,12 +448,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -495,17 +495,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -558,8 +558,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ list, FALSE if error

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -604,12 +604,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -652,14 +652,14 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -772,8 +772,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

 

 

 
The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint

+
  “flags”                    guint

 
One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN
 interface.  Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of
 output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol),
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
 be assigned.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given,
 a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the
 parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the 
 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index 26544076..f9b2a7cd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
+gchar *
 
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
index 75184b1b..fe8a4fc6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -265,19 +265,19 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWiredError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

 

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ property of the setting. 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -174,12 +174,12 @@
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 flags
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this
 connection is applicable to.  The connection should only be used in
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
+
 GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one
 subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
[element-type utf8]

 

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
 "duplex" properties should be set.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode.
 Either "half" or "full".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

+
  “port”                     gchar *

 
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
 Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface.
@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed.  In
 Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 1db2d508..f7f77404 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 

-
-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -293,28 +293,28 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -435,9 +435,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

 

@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GByteArray *
+const GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
 
 

 
const GSList *
+const GSList *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *security
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1036,14 +1036,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

-
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
-TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
+
  “powersave”                guint

+
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
+TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
 reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the
 property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “security” property

-
  “security”                 gchar *

+
  “security”                 gchar *

 
If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x,
 WEP, or WPA, set this property to
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection
@@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index d091dda2..1c740e1c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

+gchar *
 
@@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -498,10 +498,10 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<
 
Functions

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
-gchar *auth-alg
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-password
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 leap-password-flags
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *leap-username
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *psk
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 psk-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-flags
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-key-type
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key0
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key1
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key2
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *wep-key3
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 

@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

 
 

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the li
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

 
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

 

@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password-flags” property

-
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

+
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the
 “leap-password” property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.

 

 

 
The “psk-flags” property

-
  “psk-flags”                guint

+
  “psk-flags”                guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “psk”
 property.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “wep-key-flags” property

-
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

+
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

 
Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”,
 “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”,
 and “wep-key3” properties.

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and 
 
The “wep-key-type” property

-
  “wep-key-type”             guint

+
  “wep-key-type”             guint

 
Controls the interpretation of WEP keys.  Allowed values are
 NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or
 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password;
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
index cf28ac5a..db1e69fb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -701,43 +701,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types
 

 
G

 

-g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 

-g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
+g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
 

 

 
I

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
index 10f811f3..25568018 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm-util 1.1.90
+      for libnm-util 1.1.91
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/0.9/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.sgml b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.sgml
index ab7fa602..d1e0be2d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.sgml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.sgml
@@ -1736,6 +1736,9 @@
 
 
 
+
+
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
index 007d5dfd..cf1ba5fb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
 

 
enum NMDeviceType

 
NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by
-an NMDevice.

+an NMDevice.

 
(Corresponds to the NM_DEVICE_TYPE type in nm-device.xml.)

 

 
Members

@@ -784,6 +784,27 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_MACVLAN

+
+
a MACVLAN interface

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_VXLAN

+
+
a VXLAN interface

+
+ 
+
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_VETH

+
+
a VETH interface

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
index 9507d0ab..5b725b7d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_init ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 
 
-GSList *
+GSList *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
 

 

@@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_init ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_init (GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_init (GError **error);

 
Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that
 uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 

@@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util.  This function can be called more than once.

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

+
 TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

 

 

 

@@ -533,8 +533,8 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                         int len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
@@ -564,15 +564,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      guint32 len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      guint32 len);

 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
-                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
+                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ignore_trailing_null

-
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 
 
@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -693,17 +693,17 @@ _only_.

 

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

-
GHashTable *
-nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

-
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

+
GHashTable *
+nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

+
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTa
 
 
-
+

 
hash
a GHashTable mapping string:GValue
a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
-returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

+
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
+returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

 

 

@@ -730,13 +730,13 @@ returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or 
 
nm_utils_slist_free ()

 
void
-nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
-                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

+nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
+                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
 

 
nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

-
use g_slist_free_full().

+
use g_slist_free_full().

 

-
Utility function to free a GSList.

+
Utility function to free a GSList.

 
[skip]

 

 
Parameters

@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (GSList
 
 
list

-
a GSList

+
a GSList

  
 
 
@@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (GSList
 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -874,16 +874,16 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -912,15 +912,15 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -941,20 +941,20 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
 a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway,
-and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects.  The specific format of
-this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be
+and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects.  The specific format of
+this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be
 extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

 

 

@@ -981,10 +981,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a
-GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                                  GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a
+GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix).   The specific
 format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be
 extended in the future.

@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1016,11 +1016,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing
 a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop,
-prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects.  The specific
+prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects.  The specific
 format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be
 extended in the future.

 

@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

 

 

@@ -1048,10 +1048,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a
-GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                               GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a
+GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4
 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric).   The
 specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may
 be extended in the future.

@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1083,8 +1083,8 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1108,8 +1108,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1133,8 +1133,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1162,12 +1162,12 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address,
-prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects.  The specific format of
-this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be
+prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects.  The specific format of
+this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be
 extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

 
 

-
+

 
value
gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32
gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

 

 

@@ -1194,10 +1194,10 @@ extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a
-GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                                  GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a
+GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses
 (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of
 this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the
 future.

@@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1229,12 +1229,12 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
-(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6
+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
+(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6
 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric)
-into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects.  The specific format of this serialization
+into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects.  The specific format of this serialization
 is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
-(GArray of guchars), and guint32

+
GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32,
+(GArray of guchars), and guint32

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects. 

+
 a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

 

 

@@ -1262,10 +1262,10 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of
-GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                               GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of
+GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32
 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination,
 prefix, next hop, and metric).  The specific format of this serialization is not
 guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes,
 which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1297,10 +1297,10 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

-
Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as
-GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);

+
Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as
+GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

 
[skip]

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1312,24 +1312,24 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const 
value

-
a GValue

+
a GValue

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a GSList of IP6 addresses.

+
 a GSList of IP6 addresses.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

 
void
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                            GValue *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GSList of struct
-in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
+                            GValue *value);
+
Utility function to convert a GSList of struct
+in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays
 representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order.
 The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be
 stable and may be extended in the future.

@@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

 
 
 
value

-
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server
+
a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server
 addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with
-g_value_unset().

+g_value_unset().

  
 
 
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 

 

 

@@ -1401,11 +1401,11 @@ object's 
 

 
nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                           const char *in_password,
                           char **out_password,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

 
Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates
 a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format
 suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

 
out_password

 
 if in_password
-was NULL, a random password will be generated
+was NULL, a random password will be generated
 and returned in this argument. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
@@ -1453,11 +1453,11 @@ certificate/private key file. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

 
Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates
 a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format
 suitable for writing to a file.  It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file.  It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

 
 
out_password

 
 if in_password
-was NULL, a random password will be generated
+was NULL, a random password will be generated
 and returned in this argument. 

 [out][allow-none]
 
@@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ certificate/private key file. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Utility function to find out if the filename
  is in PKCS#12 format.

@@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

@@ -1543,10 +1543,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);
+                               gpointer user_data,
+                               GError **error);
 
Searches for a progname
  file in a list of search paths
 .

@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path. 

 
 
 
paths

-
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
-Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
+
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
+Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
 is checked. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
file_test_flags

-
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
+
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
 for progname
-. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  
 
 
@@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function. 

 
 
 
error

-
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

+
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
+
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
 The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later
 invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -1620,8 +1620,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (gu
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1682,8 +1682,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1722,8 +1722,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (g
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use 
 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                       int type);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

@@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ a type.

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                        int type);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -1902,15 +1902,15 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                       int type,
-                      gpointer buffer);

+                      gpointer buffer);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 . See
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a
-GByteArray.

+GByteArray.

 
See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length
 instead of a type.

 

@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed

 

 

@@ -1952,8 +1952,8 @@ couldn't be parsed

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
-                          gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
+                          gsize length);
 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstp
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
-                          gpointer buffer,
-                          gsize length);

+                          gpointer buffer,
+                          gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

@@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of some type, FALSE if not.

+of some type, FALSE if not.

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 

@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

+
 a array of bytes, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

 

 

 
nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

 
This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.

@@ -2207,14 +2207,14 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

+
 TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_is_uuid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

 
Checks if str
  is a UUID

@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not

 

 
Since: 0.9.8

 

@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
dst

 
Returns

 
 the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 
@@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.

 

 

 
nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);

+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);

 
Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.

-
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 
Since: 0.9.10

 
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util.devhelp2
index 987b876a..e1526746 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util.devhelp2
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util.devhelp2
@@ -1552,6 +1552,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
index 9c2eaa40..350a7100 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 

 Object Hierarchy

 
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
     │   ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
     │   ╰── NMSettingVPN
     ╰── NMConnection
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMIP4Address
     ├── NMIP4Route
     ├── NMIP6Address
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
index 69658cdd..069199b8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.1.90
+1.1.91
diff --git a/docs/libnm/Makefile.am b/docs/libnm/Makefile.am
index 5b96d5aa..8efea77c 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/Makefile.am
+++ b/docs/libnm/Makefile.am
@@ -54,9 +54,10 @@ IGNORE_HFILES= \
 	nm-setting-private.h \
 	nm-types.h \
 	nm-utils-private.h \
-	nm-vpn-plugin-old.h \
-	nm-vpn-service-plugin.h \
-	nm-core-tests-enum-types.h
+	nm-core-tests-enum-types.h \
+	nm-keyfile-internal.h \
+	nm-keyfile-utils.h \
+	test-general-enums.h
 
 # Images to copy into HTML directory.
 HTML_IMAGES = libnm.png
diff --git a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
index e58e1db9..2eed23bb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/libnm/Makefile.in
@@ -457,9 +457,10 @@ IGNORE_HFILES = \
 	nm-setting-private.h \
 	nm-types.h \
 	nm-utils-private.h \
-	nm-vpn-plugin-old.h \
-	nm-vpn-service-plugin.h \
-	nm-core-tests-enum-types.h
+	nm-core-tests-enum-types.h \
+	nm-keyfile-internal.h \
+	nm-keyfile-utils.h \
+	test-general-enums.h
 
 
 # Images to copy into HTML directory.
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
index b1469048..9155943d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
@@ -160,23 +160,23 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
-
+
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ point.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
+
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
 SSID is unknown. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -545,9 +545,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ with this function.

 
 

-
@@ -583,18 +583,18 @@ filter. 

 

 
Returns

 
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                  NMConnection *connection);

+                                  NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
 the connection may be activated with that AP.  The connection must match the
 ap
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ against

 
 

-
@@ -626,8 +626,8 @@ against

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 
 
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
The BSSID of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
Alias for “bssid”.

 

 
NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint

+
  “last-seen”                gint

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -776,14 +776,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

-
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index bcd2410d..d0f09298 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 

-
-
+
-
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -239,18 +239,18 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (
nm_active_connection_get_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_id (NMActiveConnection *connection);

-
Gets the NMConnection's ID.

+
Gets the NMConnection's ID.

 

 
Parameters

 
the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
dst

 
the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.

 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_ssid ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_frequency ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_strength ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_access_point_filter_connections ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_access_point_connection_valid ()
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *bssid
 Read
 
Read
 

 
guintguint
 frequency
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *hw-address
 Read
 

 
gintgint
 last-seen
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 max-bitrate
 Read
 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read
 

 
gucharguchar
 strength
 Read
 

 
connections
 an array of NMConnections to
+
 an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 

 
connection
an NMConnection to validate against ap
+
an NMConnection to validate against ap
 

  
 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -175,18 +175,18 @@
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 default
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 default6
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *devices
 Read
 

 
-gchar *id
 Read
 

 
-gchar *specific-object-path
 Read
 

 
-gchar *type
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 vpn
 Read
 

@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
nm_active_connection_get_uuid ()

 
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_uuid (NMActiveConnection *connection);

-
Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

+
Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
                                (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-
Gets the NMConnection's type.

+
Gets the NMConnection's type.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (
 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 

 
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices of the active connection.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
The active connection's ID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

 
The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see
 nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's type

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's UUID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
index abff5431..2be7c5e8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
-
-
-
-
+GPtrArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
-
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -525,28 +525,28 @@
 
 
+GPtrArray *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -568,37 +568,37 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -617,37 +617,37 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_nm_running ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname ()
@@ -267,21 +267,21 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection ()
@@ -376,14 +376,14 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_connections ()
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections ()
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections_finish ()
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections ()
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()
@@ -497,24 +497,24 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *active-connections
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *all-devices
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *connections
 Read
 

 
-GPtrArray *devices
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *hostname
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 metered
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nm-running
 Read
 
Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 startup
 Read
 

 
-gchar *version
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 void
 any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 permission-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -793,11 +793,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMClientError
     ├── NMClientPermission
     ╰── NMClientPermissionResult
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMClient
 

 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -820,8 +820,8 @@ nm_client_error_quark (void
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMClient.

 
Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the
 client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid
@@ -837,12 +837,12 @@ that.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ that.

 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it.
 callback
  will be called when it is done; use
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,12 +912,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

 

 

 

@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (
 
Returns

-
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

 

 

 

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1056,16 +1056,16 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1085,12 +1085,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1098,13 +1098,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1181,13 +1181,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WWAN devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WWAN

+
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 
 
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WiMAX

+
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 
 
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1345,17 +1345,17 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1392,17 +1392,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1420,18 +1420,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
domains

 
 logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

@@ -1511,8 +1511,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);
 
Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new)
 current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns
 the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1534,12 +1534,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1555,9 +1555,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
@@ -1602,8 +1602,8 @@ re-checking, and 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);
 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -1622,12 +1622,12 @@ call.

 
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1641,11 +1641,11 @@ call.

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -1664,18 +1664,18 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

@@ -1692,9 +1692,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 
void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -1713,13 +1713,13 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1740,10 +1740,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1761,12 +1761,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -1774,13 +1774,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ containing all the NMDevices
 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1914,14 +1914,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given iface
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2018,12 +2018,12 @@ any. 
nm_client_activate_connection_async ()
void
 nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
-                                     NMConnection *connection,
+                                     NMConnection *connection,
                                      NMDevice *device,
                                      const char *specific_object,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                     gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the
 configuration settings from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

-
+
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

-
+
@@ -2103,8 +2103,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 
nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

 
Parameters

@@ -2122,12 +2122,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2147,12 +2147,12 @@ will be set. 

 
void
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                NMConnection *partial,
+                                NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -2178,8 +2178,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
-
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ before being added. 

 
-
+
@@ -2228,11 +2228,11 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
-NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

+NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
connection
 an NMConnection. 
 an NMConnection. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
 
 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -2249,12 +2249,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2271,11 +2271,11 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2298,12 +2298,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2320,9 +2320,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                        NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -2366,11 +2366,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
 
nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2388,12 +2388,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

 

 
nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2548,14 +2548,14 @@ not known. 

 
nm_client_add_connection_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
+ is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
 to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved
 later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
 method.

@@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ added, not the object itself

 
 

-
+
@@ -2620,8 +2620,8 @@ added, not the object itself

 
nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GAsyncResult *result,
+                                 GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2639,12 +2639,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2661,23 +2661,23 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 client
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2695,23 +2695,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 

-
+
-
-
+
-
+
@@ -2719,9 +2719,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

@@ -2730,9 +2730,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the
 given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -2752,12 +2752,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2778,11 +2778,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

 

@@ -2801,18 +2801,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

-
-
+
-
+
@@ -2820,18 +2820,18 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -2851,12 +2851,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -2872,9 +2872,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the
 in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
-
+
@@ -2915,10 +2915,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2936,12 +2936,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 
@@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

 
The active connections.

 
Element-type: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

 
List of both real devices and device placeholders.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3370,15 +3370,15 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 
 

 

 
The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note
 that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also
 contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have
@@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
List of real network devices.  Does not include placeholder devices.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the connectivity is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3431,7 +3431,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean

+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3447,7 +3447,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3479,7 +3479,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3511,7 +3511,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3523,8 +3523,8 @@ see 
The “any-device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -3554,15 +3554,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -3600,8 +3600,8 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)

-
Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

@@ -3637,8 +3637,8 @@ user_function (void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-
Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

+               gpointer            user_data)
+
Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -3666,15 +3666,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -3704,15 +3704,15 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is removed.  This signal is not emitted for
 placeholder devices.

 

@@ -3742,16 +3742,16 @@ placeholder devices.

 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “permission-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     permission,
+               guint     result,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a permission has changed

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
index 689c4dec..b463fae9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_managed ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_available_connections ()
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_get_mtu ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_real ()
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_is_software ()
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_reapply ()
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_reapply_finish ()
@@ -327,7 +327,31 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+NMConnection *
+
+
+nm_device_get_applied_connection ()
+
+
+
+
+void
+
+
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async ()
+
+
+
+
+NMConnection *
+
+
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish ()
+
+
+
+
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_disconnect ()
@@ -343,7 +367,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_disconnect_finish ()
@@ -351,7 +375,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_delete ()
@@ -367,7 +391,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_delete_finish ()
@@ -375,7 +399,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_filter_connections ()
@@ -383,7 +407,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_valid ()
@@ -391,7 +415,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_connection_compatible ()
@@ -399,7 +423,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_device_get_setting_type ()
@@ -439,7 +463,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()
@@ -447,14 +471,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()
@@ -479,13 +503,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 available-connections
 Read
 
@@ -513,36 +537,36 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 driver-version
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 firmware-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 firmware-version
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 interface
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 ip-interface
 Read
 
@@ -560,44 +584,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 lldp-neighbors
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 managed
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 metered
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nm-plugin-missing
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 physical-port-id
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 product
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 real
 Read
 
@@ -607,19 +631,19 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 state-reason
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 udi
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 vendor
 Read
 
@@ -637,7 +661,7 @@
 
 void
 state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -762,9 +786,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -1033,7 +1057,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (
 
Returns

-
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
+
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
 This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.

 

 

@@ -1066,7 +1090,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (
 
nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1086,7 +1110,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 

 

@@ -1094,7 +1118,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);
 
Enables or disables management of  NMDevice by NetworkManager.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1112,7 +1136,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
managed

-
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+
TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  
 
 
@@ -1123,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (
 
nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1143,7 +1167,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

 

 

 

@@ -1151,7 +1175,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);

+                           gboolean autoconnect);
 
Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1169,7 +1193,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
autoconnect

-
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+
TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  
 
 
@@ -1179,7 +1203,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (
 
nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1200,14 +1224,14 @@ to be missing.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
+
 TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

@@ -1227,7 +1251,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1256,7 +1280,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not
+
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not
 activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1286,7 +1310,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
+
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
 not activated or not using DHCP. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1316,7 +1340,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated. 

+
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1345,7 +1369,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
+
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is
 not activated or not using DHCPv6. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1425,7 +1449,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
+
 the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is
 not part of an active connection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1433,7 +1457,7 @@ not part of an active connection. 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1455,7 +1479,7 @@ be activated on device
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by
 the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1466,7 +1490,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);

-
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
+
Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is
 an opaque string that can be used to recognize when
 seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual
 ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1487,7 +1511,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
+
 the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port
 ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and
 must not be modified.

 

@@ -1495,7 +1519,7 @@ must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1521,7 +1545,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1540,7 +1564,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1549,7 +1573,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1569,8 +1593,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 

 

@@ -1686,7 +1710,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (
 
nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

@@ -1706,7 +1730,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the
 device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned
 array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -1755,12 +1779,13 @@ devices in devices
 

 

 
nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
-                   NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   NMConnection *connection,
+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

 
Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection
 made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1779,7 +1804,14 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+ 
+
+
+
version_id

+
zero or the expected version id of the applied connection. If specified
+and the version id mismatches, the call fails without modification. This allows to
+catch concurrent accesses.

  
 
 
@@ -1789,12 +1821,12 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1802,7 +1834,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1812,11 +1844,12 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_reapply_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
-                         NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         NMConnection *connection,
+                         guint64 version_id,
+                         guint32 flags,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the
 currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1835,7 +1868,14 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+ 
+
+
+
version_id

+
zero or the expected version id of the applied connection. If specified
+and the version id mismatches, the call fails without modification. This allows to
+catch concurrent accesses.

  
 
 
@@ -1845,7 +1885,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1867,10 +1907,10 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 

 

 
nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1888,12 +1928,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1901,23 +1941,181 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

+
NMConnection *
+nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
+                                  guint32 flags,
+                                  guint64 *version_id,
+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

+
Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
flags
the flags argument. Currently this value must always be zero.
 
version_id
 (allow-none): returns the current version id of
+the applied connection. 
[out]
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a NMConnection with the currently applied settings
+or NULL on error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection_async ()

+
void
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
+                               (NMDevice *device,
+                                guint32 flags,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

+
Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
flags
the flags argument. Currently this value must always be zero.
 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
 
callback
callback to be called when the reapply operation completes
 
user_data
caller-specific data passed to callback
+
 

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish ()

+
NMConnection *
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
+                               (NMDevice *device,
+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                guint64 *version_id,
+                                GError **error);

+
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
 
version_id
 (allow-none): the current version id of the applied
+connection. 
[out]
error
location for a GError, or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case
+of error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

 
nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

 
Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from
 automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection
 request.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -1932,20 +2130,20 @@ request.

-
+
-
+

 
 

 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

@@ -1954,14 +2152,14 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_disconnect_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                            gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and
 prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next
 manual network connection request.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -1976,7 +2174,7 @@ manual network connection request.

-
+
@@ -1997,13 +2195,13 @@ manual network connection request.

 
nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
@@ -2018,33 +2216,33 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (
result

-
+
-
+

 
 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

 
Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2059,20 +2257,20 @@ nm_device_delete (
cancellable

-
+
-
+

 
 

a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

@@ -2081,13 +2279,13 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);

+                        GCancellable *cancellable,
+                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                        gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't
 be deleted.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2102,7 +2300,7 @@ be deleted.

-
+
@@ -2123,13 +2321,13 @@ be deleted.

 
nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
@@ -2144,29 +2342,29 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (
result

-
+
-
+

 
 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns
 connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device
 
@@ -2178,7 +2376,7 @@ Ethernet, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi WPA connections, or any other connection that is
 incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see
 nm_client_get_connections().

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2193,27 +2391,27 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see
 
-
+

 
 

 

 
connections
 an array of NMConnections to filter. 
 an array of NMConnections to filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given device
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given device
 .  The array
-should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMConnection *connection);

+                            NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -2223,7 +2421,7 @@ network, and will not be valid if it describes a WPA network, or if it is
 an Ethernet, Bluetooth, WWAN, etc connection that is incompatible with the
 device.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2239,7 +2437,7 @@ against

-
@@ -2247,18 +2445,18 @@ against

 
 

 
 

 
connection
an NMConnection to validate against device
+
an NMConnection to validate against device
 

  
 

 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns
 whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if
 device
@@ -2271,7 +2469,7 @@ device.

 compatibility of the given device and connection. But, in addition, it sets
 GError when FALSE is returned.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2287,34 +2485,34 @@ against

-
-
+

 
 

 
 

 
connection
an NMConnection to validate against device
+
an NMConnection to validate against device
 

  
 

 

 
error
return location for a GError, or NULL
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
+
Returns

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE
 if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
 .

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2329,7 +2527,7 @@ that can be used on device

 
 

 

 

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 device
 's associated NMSetting type

 

@@ -2341,7 +2539,7 @@ that can be used on device
 nm_lldp_neighbor_new (void);

 
Creates a new NMLldpNeighbor object.

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 the new NMLldpNeighbor object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -2354,7 +2552,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_new (void
 nm_lldp_neighbor_ref (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor);
 
Increases the reference count of the object.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2378,7 +2576,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_unref (
-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -2402,7 +2600,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (Gets an array of attribute names available for neighbor
 .

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -2417,8 +2615,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 
 

-
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
Returns

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2426,7 +2624,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2435,7 +2633,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
  on neighbor
 

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -2462,24 +2660,24 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
 

 
 


 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if a string attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

 
Gets the uint value of attribute with name name
  on neighbor
 

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2506,21 +2704,21 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (
-
Returns

-
 TRUE if a uint attribute with name name
-was found, FALSE otherwise

+
Returns

+
 TRUE if a uint attribute with name name
+was found, FALSE otherwise

 
 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -2542,8 +2740,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 
 

-
Returns

-
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
+
Returns

+
 the GVariantType of the attribute with name name
 

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2724,7 +2922,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -2732,7 +2930,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

 
The available connections of the device

 
Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2769,7 +2967,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *

+
  “driver”                   gchar *

 
The driver of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2777,7 +2975,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *

+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

 
The version of the device driver.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2785,8 +2983,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
 

 
The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
+
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required
 for its operation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2794,7 +2992,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

 
The firmware version of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2802,7 +3000,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *

+
  “interface”                gchar *

 
The interface of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2810,7 +3008,7 @@ for its operation.

 

 

 
The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

 
The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related
 operations like addressing and routing.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2820,7 +3018,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 
The “ip4-config” property

 
  “ip4-config”               NMIPConfig *

-
The NMIP4Config of the device.

+
The NMIP4Config of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

@@ -2833,14 +3031,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

 
The LLDP neighbors.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean

+
  “managed”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2848,7 +3046,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the device is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2857,7 +3055,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
The MTU of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 1500

@@ -2865,8 +3063,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

 

 

 
The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

-
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
+
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean

+
When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device
 is not installed.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -2875,7 +3073,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

 
The physical port ID of the device. (See
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

 
Flags: Read

@@ -2884,7 +3082,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *

+
  “product”                  gchar *

 
The product string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2892,7 +3090,7 @@ is not installed.

 

 

 
The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean

+
  “real”                     gboolean

 
Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could
 be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -2911,7 +3109,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint

+
  “state-reason”             guint

 
The reason for the device state.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -2919,7 +3117,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *

+
  “udi”                      gchar *

 
An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not
 unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs.  It
 is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem)
@@ -2932,7 +3130,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 

 

 
The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *

+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

 
The vendor string of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -2944,10 +3142,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

 
The “state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               guint     new_state,
+               guint     old_state,
+               guint     reason,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2986,7 +3184,7 @@ user_function (
 

 
 


 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
index 7c9c5612..5611b4f7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
index b99d8ba3..c2a2069d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bond device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index dee83c75..986dbf57 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bridge device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index b8cb2689..90c0b9bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the bluetooth device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 0b6dc4a2..b1d65f64 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -91,29 +91,29 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies subchannels of this network device used for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index 8144c52f..765052c5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
index 771b9c45..d17bf082 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -138,35 +138,35 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encapsulation-limit
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read
 
@@ -177,23 +177,23 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ to tunneled packets.

 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
 be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
 tunnels.

@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
 applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
  meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index ccfcbef2..955467bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -69,13 +69,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
index f5866285..a01552e6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-promisc
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 tap
 Read
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (
 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The MACVLAN mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

 
Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index 48227b60..b79d21a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index 92f9a5e6..f902904a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index e166abba..8c397647 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the team device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
index 24157784..5b30f9d1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_owner ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_group ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -108,39 +108,39 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-pi
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 owner
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read
 
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 
nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (
 
nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

@@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (
 
nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64

+
  “group”                    gint64

 
The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
 the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
 queues.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ queues.

 

 

 
The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
 prepended to the tunnel packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64

+
  “owner”                    gint64

 
The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
 include a virtio network header.

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index 08ab3bf0..17cefa9f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
index 074a37fb..2190608d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()
@@ -195,60 +195,60 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 dst-port
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l2miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l3miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 learning
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 limit
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
@@ -259,32 +259,32 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 proxy
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 rsc
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-max
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-min
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ forwarding table

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint

+
  “dst-port”                 guint

 
The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel
 endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ endpoint.

 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

+
  “group”                    gchar *

 
The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the
 destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The device's VXLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered
 into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint

+
  “src-port-max”             guint

 
The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint

+
  “src-port-min”             guint

 
The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index c9c6128c..38421ce9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 access-points
 Read
 
@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -209,12 +209,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -463,14 +463,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
 a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -499,10 +499,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -523,12 +523,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -544,11 +544,11 @@ set.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -575,17 +575,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ set.

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -652,10 +652,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -683,12 +683,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -710,10 +710,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -731,12 +731,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ set.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -856,8 +856,8 @@ set.

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -886,15 +886,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 24c99f8e..a593d1b9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -131,39 +131,39 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 nsps
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -182,12 +182,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -344,14 +344,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

 
List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

 
Flags: Read

@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -700,8 +700,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -734,15 +734,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index b506c4b1..8bc84506 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (
 
nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing
+
 the GHashTable containing
 strings for keys and values.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
index b21fc882..10987785 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_routes ()
@@ -114,44 +114,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 domains
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 nameservers
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 searches
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 wins-servers
 Read
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMIPAddresses.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the
 returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <
 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must
 not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is
 safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

 
 the array of domains.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

 
 the array of DNS search strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 
Returns

 
 the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -492,21 +492,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv

+
  “domains”                  GStrv

 
The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -524,28 +524,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv

+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

 
The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv

+
  “searches”                 GStrv

 
The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

 
The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration.
 (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
index c9779152..16db2f94 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
@@ -60,18 +60,18 @@
 
 
 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 dbus-connection
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nm-running-internal
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 path
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -160,22 +160,22 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “nm-running-internal” property

-
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

+
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The D-Bus object path.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index dac135b3..cdf5a9f1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 visible
 Read
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -219,16 +219,16 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection
  to
 NetworkManager. If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
-disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
+disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -273,15 +273,15 @@ will be set.
void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of
 connection
  to NetworkManager. If save
- is TRUE, the updated connection will
-be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
+ is TRUE, the updated connection will
+be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
 changed.

 
Parameters

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ changed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ changed.

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -347,12 +347,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -360,17 +360,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -389,12 +389,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ will be set.
nm_remote_connection_save_async ()
void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                 gpointer user_data);
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,12 +474,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -487,17 +487,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -515,12 +515,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -537,9 +537,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

-
+
@@ -578,10 +578,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -612,18 +612,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call,
 not a simple property accessor.

 

@@ -647,12 +647,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -660,9 +660,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
 connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

 

 
 

@@ -672,9 +672,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 const char *setting_name,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 
 

-
+
@@ -718,11 +718,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -753,16 +753,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 containing connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

+'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -781,21 +781,21 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
 not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will
-always fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return
+always fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return
 non-visible connections to callers, but it is possible for a
 connection's visibility to change after you already have a
 reference to it.)

@@ -816,8 +816,8 @@ reference to it.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
-user, FALSE if not.

+
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
+user, FALSE if not.

 

 

 
@@ -851,21 +851,21 @@ user, FALSE if not.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
+
  “visible”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
 not.  If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it
 will not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always
-fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return non-visible connections
+fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return non-visible connections
 to callers, but it is possible for a connection's visibility to change
 after you already have a reference to it.)

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
index ab20b0eb..499ef3a1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -169,12 +169,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 

 

@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@
 
NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   GVariant *secrets,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -261,16 +261,16 @@ something like this:

 
 secrets = nm_simple_connection_new ();
 s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
               NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
+              NULL);
 nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
 secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
       
     

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 registered
 Read
 

   

@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@ something like this:

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
+
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
 secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
 and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant.  The sub-dicts
@@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ and the value is the secret

 
NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    NMConnection *connection,
+                                    GError *error,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -375,9 +375,9 @@ has returned. 

 
NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                      NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      NMConnection *connection,
+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
 secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -445,12 +445,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

@@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and
 save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -511,10 +511,10 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -532,12 +532,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -545,16 +545,16 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or
 store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -576,12 +576,12 @@ registered.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ registered.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

 

 

 

@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@ registered.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide
 or store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ registered.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -642,10 +642,10 @@ registered.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -663,12 +663,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -676,13 +676,13 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -709,12 +709,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 NMConnection *connection,
                                  const char *setting_name,
                                  const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

+
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

  
 
 
@@ -778,9 +778,9 @@ secrets from the user.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                  NMConnection *connection,
+                                  NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection
  are stored to
 disk.

@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ disk.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -824,9 +824,9 @@ disk.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    NMConnection *connection,
+                                    NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -896,15 +896,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

-
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
 NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the
 agent will re-register itself automatically.

-
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
+
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
 agent will register itself with NetworkManager during
 construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error
 if the agent is unable to register itself.

-
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
+
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
 NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

 
Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -938,8 +938,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
index 65b56b96..a0fdf80f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_lookup_type ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify_secrets ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
 
Each NMSetting contains properties that describe configuration that applies
 to a specific network layer (like IPv4 or IPv6 configuration) or device type
 (like Ethernet, or Wi-Fi).  A collection of individual settings together
-make up an NMConnection. Each property is strongly typed and usually has
+make up an NMConnection. Each property is strongly typed and usually has
 a number of allowed values.  See each NMSetting subclass for a description
 of properties and allowed values.

 

@@ -289,11 +289,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 

 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.
void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -382,9 +382,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
+
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
 name
 is not recognized.

 

@@ -465,14 +465,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   NMConnection *connection,
+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -490,15 +490,15 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -506,18 +506,18 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           NMConnection *connection,
+                           GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the setting.
-The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
+The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation.
 The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because
 in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -537,15 +537,15 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -553,14 +553,14 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -596,18 +596,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ handle that secret.

 

-
+
@@ -773,18 +773,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -821,19 +821,19 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index 41c3a2f9..993d2bde 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -650,66 +650,66 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -720,13 +720,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -737,13 +737,13 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -754,12 +754,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -923,10 +923,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -968,9 +968,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 
nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

 
NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);

+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
+                                     gsize length,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Determines and verifies the blob type.
 When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x
 the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1285,12 +1285,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1467,12 +1467,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1548,14 +1548,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1651,8 +1651,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1719,8 +1719,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1837,12 +1837,12 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ use 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2133,12 +2133,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2215,14 +2215,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2319,8 +2319,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2387,8 +2387,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2507,13 +2507,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2761,7 +2761,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2823,13 +2823,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -2873,13 +2873,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3023,7 +3023,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3085,14 +3085,14 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3106,7 +3106,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3136,14 +3136,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3168,7 +3168,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

 
Property Details

 

 
The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty,
 no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -3564,7 +3564,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

 
Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the
 “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3602,7 +3602,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

 
Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in
 the “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

 

 

 
The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv

+
  “eap”                      GStrv

 
The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with
 802.1x.  Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd",
 and "fast".  Each method requires different configuration using the
@@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3646,7 +3646,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

 
Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to
 allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
@@ -3680,7 +3680,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -3693,7 +3693,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ version.

 

 

 
The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner
 "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the
@@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified
 in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap”
 properties.

@@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method
 specified in the “phase2-auth” or
 “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the
 “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is
 set to "tls".

@@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ function.

 

 

 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *

+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

 
Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to
 "tls".

 
Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob
@@ -3905,7 +3905,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3936,8 +3936,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 3b890722..2bf11de2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index dc9095c9..2fff9f80 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

 
The Bluetooth address of the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
index edf00c34..8680857d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+GHashTable *
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -264,9 +264,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -433,14 +433,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -581,54 +581,54 @@
 
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 eap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *password-raw
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 phase2-altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bdaddr
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
-GHashTable *options
 Read / Write
 

@@ -473,10 +473,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
 

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ the 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options.  Both keys and values
 must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index a5286057..3eb490ae 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this
 MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside
 NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

 
Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge.
 Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions,
 the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ resolved.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index b6aee68e..5c2274fa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

 
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 18180f06..08b1cc20 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 8c845502..4347ec7f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -285,30 +285,30 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -318,46 +318,46 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -473,10 +473,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -484,8 +484,8 @@
 

 
Description

 
The NMSettingConnection object is a NMSetting subclass that describes
-properties that apply to all NMConnection objects, regardless of what type
-of network connection they describe.  Each NMConnection object must contain
+properties that apply to all NMConnection objects, regardless of what type
+of network connection they describe.  Each NMConnection object must contain
 a NMSettingConnection setting.

 

 

@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection.
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -709,13 +709,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entires in the “permissions”
@@ -743,9 +743,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

-
+
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -854,14 +854,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-

+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
 
 

@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ with the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()
@@ -125,43 +125,43 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 multicast-snooping
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -270,12 +270,12 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 autoconnect-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 lldp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *master
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 permissions
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 secondaries
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *slave-type
 Read / Write
 

 
guint64guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1273,13 +1273,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1576,10 +1576,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

 
The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect,
 connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0.
 The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint

+
  “lldp”                     gint

 
Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: -1

@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1676,9 +1676,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

 

 

 
The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv

+
  “permissions”              GStrv

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection.  Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection
 if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form
 "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1692,9 +1692,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 

 

 
The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv

+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

 
List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base
 connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are
 supported.

@@ -1711,9 +1711,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1757,16 +1757,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or
-nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

+nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
When updating this property on a currently activated connection,
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index a662d108..365fb9d8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -260,19 +260,19 @@
 
-
+
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -294,19 +294,19 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -402,9 +402,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -634,10 +634,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-flow-control
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-strict-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-traffic-class
 Read / Write
 

@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
 

@@ -673,8 +673,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -772,8 +772,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -809,10 +809,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -849,8 +849,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -885,9 +885,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -923,8 +923,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -960,10 +960,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -988,9 +988,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
@@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@ assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are o
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1025,9 +1025,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1037,10 +1037,10 @@ its priority group, or FALSE if not

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1077,8 +1077,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of
 the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ percent.

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding
 priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the
 Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link
 bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID.  Allowed
 Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

 

 

 
The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may
 use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

 

 

 
The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to
 which the priority is mapped.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index f1975597..c314fff0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that
 NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

 
There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be
-the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

+the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

 

 

 
Functions

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 50ac79d3..506ac99b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -201,19 +201,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *

+
  “device-id”                gchar *

 
The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will only
 apply to the specified device.

@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ apply to the specified device.

 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

 
The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply
 to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.

 

 

 
The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

 
A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific
 mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given,
 the connection will apply to any device also allowed by
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index dd9b7c2d..c5c10599 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -57,14 +57,6 @@
 
 
 

-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
-
-
-
-

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -150,36 +150,36 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *device-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *sim-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *sim-operator-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

-int
-
-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
-

 const char *
 
 
@@ -85,21 +77,16 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-fqdn
 Read / Write
 
guintdhcp-timeoutRead / Write

 
 

 

@@ -121,10 +108,6 @@
 
 
 #define
-NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
-
-
-#define
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN
 
 
@@ -152,7 +135,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -221,43 +204,13 @@ addresses via DHCP.

 

 

 

-
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
int
-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout
-                               (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

-
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
-property.

-

-
Parameters

-

-----
-
-
-
-
-
-





setting
the NMSettingIP4Config
 

-

-

-
Returns

-
 the configured DHCP timeout in seconds. 0 = default for
-the particular kind of device.

-

-
Since: 1.2

-

-

-

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-fqdn”
 property.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -272,7 +225,7 @@ property.

 
 

 

 

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 the configured FQDN to send to the DHCP server

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -293,12 +246,6 @@ property.

 

 

 

-
NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT

-
#define NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT       "dhcp-timeout"
-

-

-

-

 
NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN          "dhcp-fqdn"
 

@@ -352,7 +299,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -361,8 +308,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This
 property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -370,14 +317,6 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 
Default value: NULL

 
Since: 1.2

 

-

-

-
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

-
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

-
Flags: Read / Write

-
Default value: 0

-

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index 8d733c14..4e26f893 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 addr-gen-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ specified by RFC7217.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

 
Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6
 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64",
 "stable-privacy" or unset.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
index 228ff69f..dcfaa740 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_address_equal ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_metric ()
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -659,12 +659,28 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()
 
 
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()
+
+
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
+
+
 
 

 

@@ -679,76 +695,86 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read / Write
 
 
+gint
+dad-timeout
+Read / Write / Construct
+
+
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+gint
+dhcp-timeout
+Read / Write
+
+
+GStrv
 dns
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 dns-options
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 dns-search
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 method
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read / Write
 
@@ -765,6 +791,10 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD
 
 
@@ -821,6 +851,14 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG
 
 
@@ -880,10 +918,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -908,8 +946,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -938,7 +976,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -946,7 +984,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -955,9 +993,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);

+                          gconstpointer addr,
+                          guint prefix,
+                          GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr
  must point to a buffer of the
 correct size for family
@@ -989,7 +1027,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -997,7 +1035,7 @@ correct size for family
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1049,7 +1087,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
@@ -1079,7 +1117,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1203,7 +1241,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);

+                                  gpointer addr);

 
Gets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1237,7 +1275,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (
nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);

+                                  gconstpointer addr);

 
Sets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1269,7 +1307,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -1298,7 +1336,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);

+                          guint prefix);

 
Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1347,14 +1385,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1387,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name
 on
 address
-, or NULL if address
+, or NULL if address
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1398,7 +1436,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);

+                             GVariant *value);

 
Sets or clears the named attribute on address
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1435,10 +1473,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new (int family,
                  const char *dest,
-                 guint prefix,
+                 guint prefix,
                  const char *next_hop,
-                 gint64 metric,
-                 GError **error);

+                 gint64 metric,
+                 GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1467,7 +1505,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
next_hop

-
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1477,7 +1515,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1485,7 +1523,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1494,14 +1532,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

 
NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);

+                        gconstpointer dest,
+                        guint prefix,
+                        gconstpointer next_hop,
+                        gint64 metric,
+                        GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest
  and next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must
+ (if non-NULL) must
 point to buffers of the correct size for family
 .

 

@@ -1531,7 +1569,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
next_hop

-
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1541,7 +1579,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1549,7 +1587,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1601,7 +1639,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
@@ -1631,7 +1669,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);

+                             gpointer dest);

 
Gets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1789,7 +1827,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (
nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);

+                             gconstpointer dest);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1821,7 +1859,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (
 
nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1849,7 +1887,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);

+                        guint prefix);

 
Sets the prefix property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1879,7 +1917,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

 
const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);

-
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
+
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
 route has no next hop.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1898,7 +1936,7 @@ route has no next hop.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

 

 

 

@@ -1909,7 +1947,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

 
Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
+ (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
 's family. If you
 aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check
 it.

@@ -1939,9 +1977,9 @@ it.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

 
Gets the next hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1971,8 +2009,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if route
-has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
+
 TRUE if route
+has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
 next_hop
 will be zeroed out)

 

@@ -1982,10 +2020,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

 
nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

+                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
+ (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
 route
 's family.

 
[skip]

@@ -2015,7 +2053,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
@@ -2045,7 +2083,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 
nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);

+                        gint64 metric);

 
Sets the metric property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2094,14 +2132,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2134,7 +2172,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name
 on
 route
-, or NULL if route
+, or NULL if route
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2145,7 +2183,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);

 
Sets the named attribute on route
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2206,7 +2244,7 @@ methods available with each type.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2265,7 +2303,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -2293,7 +2331,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -2331,7 +2369,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -2361,7 +2399,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2389,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2449,7 +2487,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -2477,7 +2515,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 

 

@@ -2516,7 +2554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -2546,7 +2584,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2576,7 +2614,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2603,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -2635,7 +2673,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2668,10 +2706,10 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2705,7 +2743,7 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -2733,7 +2771,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -2773,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -2803,7 +2841,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -2813,7 +2851,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);

+                                gboolean is_set);
 
Removes all configured DNS options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2843,7 +2881,7 @@ Specify how to clear the options.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2904,7 +2942,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2933,7 +2971,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 

@@ -2971,7 +3009,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -3001,7 +3039,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3049,13 +3087,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

 
 the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or
-NULL.

+NULL.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3115,7 +3153,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

 
Adds a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -3144,7 +3182,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 

 

@@ -3181,7 +3219,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

@@ -3211,7 +3249,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3239,7 +3277,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

@@ -3267,7 +3305,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -3289,14 +3327,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -3318,7 +3356,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -3353,7 +3391,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -3375,7 +3413,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -3383,7 +3421,7 @@ update DNS information for this machine.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -3405,14 +3443,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
 connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -3433,14 +3471,75 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 
+

+

+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “dad-timeout” property.

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
+property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the configured DHCP timeout in seconds. 0 = default for
+the particular kind of device.

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX     30000
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD             "method"
 

@@ -3525,6 +3624,18 @@ addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT        "dad-timeout"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT       "dhcp-timeout"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG

 
#define NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG                     "debug"
 

@@ -3612,16 +3723,31 @@ addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP addresses.

 
Element-Type: NMIPAddress

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

+
The “dad-timeout” property

+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

+
Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP
+addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the
+activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address
+detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration
+ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a
+timeout in milliseconds.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Allowed values: [-1,30000]

+
Default value: -1

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -3631,28 +3757,37 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
-“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

+
The “dhcp-timeout” property

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

+
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Allowed values: >= 0

+
Default value: 0

+

+

+

 
The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv

+
  “dns”                      GStrv

 
Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv

+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

 
Array of DNS options.

-
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
+
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
 In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is
 distinct from an empty list of properties.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3661,14 +3796,14 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.

 

 

 
The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv

+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

 
Array of DNS search domains.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful
 if “addresses” is also set.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3677,9 +3812,9 @@ if 
 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -3689,9 +3824,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3699,12 +3834,12 @@ specified in the 
 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
 configuration specified by this property times out.  Note that at least
 one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will
 still fail.  For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to
-TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
+TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
 to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes
 successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3713,7 +3848,7 @@ successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IP configuration method.

 
NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto",
 "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for
@@ -3731,8 +3866,8 @@ configuration.  The 
 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
 IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3741,7 +3876,7 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
 based on the device type.
@@ -3759,7 +3894,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP routes.

 
Element-Type: NMIPRoute

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
index 795afe74..84bd6fe0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 encapsulation-limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended
 to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to
 IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it
 must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or
 NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -770,14 +770,14 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

 

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be
 routed via that interface.

@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6
 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ address.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that
 packets inherit the TTL value.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 985657f0..ee15ef18 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name
                                (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 
Returns the interface name created by combining “parent”
 and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will
-return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ return NULL.)

 
Returns

-
 the interface name, or NULL

+
 the interface name, or NULL

 

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ return NULL.)
Property Details

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
index c96ffbb4..da936350 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
@@ -153,9 +153,9 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
 

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (
 

 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (
Property Details

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple
 macvlans on the same lower device.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index df0c5bf8..c930ede2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -158,10 +158,25 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

-
Returns

+
Parameters

+

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 promiscuous
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 tap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-anycast-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

+

+

+
Returns

 
. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -169,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

@@ -210,7 +225,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -218,7 +233,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 

 

 
The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

 
Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP.
 The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class
 answers the request.

@@ -228,7 +243,7 @@ answers the request.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the mesh network to join.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
index a9eb83f6..6c9b58ac 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -993,17 +993,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1025,8 +1025,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1054,82 +1054,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1139,10 +1139,10 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
index 232cb5b4..d114a589 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 username
 Read / Write
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 41240d6b..48bddea7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 56fd8330..9fc4ac4e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index 77e59635..9e8c0c0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
index b6be30d1..46054e5e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 owner
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 pi
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read / Write
 
@@ -187,9 +187,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
 

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

-
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “group”                    gchar *

+
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@ one.

 

 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

-
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
 multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet
 sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only
 support a single queue.

@@ -490,8 +490,8 @@ support a single queue.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *

-
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “owner”                    gchar *

+
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean

-
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
+
  “pi”                       gboolean

+
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
 physical interface to the packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
 network header.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index ecb33d1e..e49a1e50 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 egress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
@@ -163,18 +163,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 ingress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMVlanFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entires in the
@@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -419,17 +419,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ list, FALSE if error

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -528,12 +528,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -576,13 +576,13 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -694,8 +694,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

 
For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to
 802.1p priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where
 both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -849,9 +849,9 @@ is still considered as 0.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
-be assigned.

+be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

 
Default value: 0

@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ be assigned.

 

 

 
The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

 
For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux
 SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
index a3413677..64cf31cb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 data
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 secrets
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service-type
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 timeout
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 user-name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -709,8 +709,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (
Property Details

 

 
The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *

+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data.  Both keys and
 values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -837,8 +837,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.

 

 

 
The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like
 passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint

+
  “timeout”                  guint

 
Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services
 may take quite a long time to connect.
 Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ timeout in seconds.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
index 5e5d0c60..87cde4ac 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (
 

 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,17 +902,16 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

-
Allowed values: <= G_MAXINT

 
Default value: 300

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint

+
  “destination-port”         guint

 
Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -923,7 +922,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to
 use.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -934,7 +933,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -943,7 +942,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -952,7 +951,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses
 are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -962,18 +961,17 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that
 the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

-
Allowed values: <= G_MAXINT

 
Default value: 0

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -982,7 +980,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -991,7 +989,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1000,7 +998,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets
 when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1011,7 +1009,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1020,7 +1018,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint

+
  “source-port-max”          guint

 
Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1031,7 +1029,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint

+
  “source-port-min”          guint

 
Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1042,7 +1040,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1052,7 +1050,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index d1ea1056..fb211b2a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ to.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose
 MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the
 device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
index ea814585..4f8c10b1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GHashTable *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -390,9 +390,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 destination-port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l2-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l3-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 learning
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *local
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 proxy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *remote
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 rsc
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-max
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-min
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -243,74 +243,74 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GHashTable *s390-options
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 wake-on-lan
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wake-on-lan-password
 Read / Write
 

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -895,9 +895,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -943,8 +943,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -982,14 +982,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1026,14 +1026,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1063,8 +1063,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -1348,9 +1348,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
 "duplex" properties should be set.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ are supported by all devices.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its
 permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode.
 Either "half" or "full".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Either "half" or "full".

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the
 MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC
 address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

+
  “port”                     gchar *

 
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
 Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface.
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 

 

 
The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options.  Both keys
 and values must be strings.  Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2",
 "portname", "protocol", among others.  Key names must contain only
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.  Like the
 “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed.  In
 Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

 
The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options.
 May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY,
 NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST,
@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ NetworkManager).

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

 
If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based
-Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
+Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
 no password will be required.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 8a8715e7..9106fec5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+GBytes *
 
-
+
@@ -413,12 +413,18 @@
 
+
+
+
+

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -247,82 +247,82 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mac-address-randomization
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 seen-bssids
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 
#define
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MODE_INFRA
 
enumNMSettingWirelessPowersave

 
 

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GEnum
+    ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -444,7 +450,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -520,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -570,7 +576,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -595,7 +601,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -697,7 +703,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -726,7 +732,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -759,7 +765,7 @@ at index idx

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -788,7 +794,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

@@ -798,7 +804,7 @@ is invalid or was already present
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

@@ -827,7 +833,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -858,7 +864,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

@@ -887,7 +893,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,7 +918,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -937,7 +943,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +997,7 @@ setting

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1022,14 +1028,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1057,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1089,7 +1095,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1119,7 +1125,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1149,8 +1155,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 
@@ -1274,12 +1280,67 @@ point/hotspot.

 
Indicates infrastructure mode where an access point is expected to be present
 for this connection.

 
+

+

+
enum NMSettingWirelessPowersave

+
These flags indicate whether wireless powersave must be enabled.

+

+
Members

+

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT

+
use the default value

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE

+
don't touch existing setting

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE

+
disable powersave

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE

+
enable powersave

+		 
_NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_NUM
  
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_LAST
  

+

+

 

 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1292,7 +1353,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.

 

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access
 point.  This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by
 all devices.  Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when
@@ -1303,7 +1364,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1314,7 +1375,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the Wi-Fi device use this MAC address instead
 of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1323,8 +1384,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1335,7 +1396,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1345,7 +1406,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this
 connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the
 standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1354,7 +1415,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless
 the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant
 supports randomization),  NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never
@@ -1367,7 +1428,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or 
 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1376,7 +1437,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1385,11 +1446,12 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

-
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
-TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
-reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the
-property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

+
  “powersave”                guint

+
One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power
+saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power
+saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently
+configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (use the
+globally configured value). All other values are reserved.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: 0

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1397,7 +1459,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1408,7 +1470,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

 
A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like
 "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi
 network.  NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The
@@ -1420,14 +1482,14 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 82446ce5..4058b7dd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -295,24 +295,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 auth-alg
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -323,23 +323,23 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-username
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 pairwise
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 proto
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 psk
 Read / Write
 
@@ -360,30 +360,30 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key0
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key1
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key2
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key3
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -479,9 +479,9 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -639,8 +639,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the li
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 
Parameters

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the
 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv

+
  “group”                    GStrv

 
A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents
 connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms
 in the list.  For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

 
A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to
 Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list.
 For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each list element
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv

+
  “proto”                    GStrv

 
List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use.
 Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN).  If
 not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
index 5fa62ec0..2324c3a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ hash table.

 
Returns

 
 the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
-settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
+settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
 connection failed to validate. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ connection failed to validate. 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_clone ()

-
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_clone (NMConnection *connection);

-
Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

+
NMConnection *
+nm_simple_connection_new_clone (NMConnection *connection);

+
Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new_clone ()
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
 

 

@@ -80,23 +80,23 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_simple_connection_new (void);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection object with no NMSetting objects. An
 NMSimpleConnection does not directly represent a D-Bus-exported connection,
 but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMConnection object. 

+
 the new empty NMConnection object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

-
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);

+
NMConnection *
+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the
 connection.  See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected
 hash table.

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ hash table.

 

 

 
dict
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
 

 

 
 
 

@@ -146,15 +146,15 @@ nm_simple_connection_new_clone (
connection

-
+
the NMConnection to clone
the NMConnection to clone

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMConnection containing the same settings
-and properties as the source NMConnection. 

+
 a new NMConnection containing the same settings
+and properties as the source NMConnection. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
index b8b766cf..adbdab93 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 banner
 Read
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 void
 vpn-state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -221,10 +221,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
index 61c3c4a4..126ddb6f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()
@@ -121,19 +121,19 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 description
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read
 
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 
 void
 changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
 

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
Prerequisites

 

 NMVpnEditor requires
- GObject.

+ GObject.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -213,24 +213,51 @@ NMVpnEditor requires
 

 
NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ()

 
NMVpnEditor *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError **error);

 

-
Returns

-
. 

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





plugin
the NMVpnEditorPlugin
 
connection
the NMConnection to be edited
 
error
on return, an error or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -243,24 +270,54 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (
 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





plugin
the NMVpnEditorPlugin
 
path
full path to the file to attempt to read into a new NMConnection
 
error
on return, an error or NULL
 

+

 

-
Returns

-
. 

+
Returns

+
 a new NMConnection imported from path
+, or NULL
+on error or if the file at path
+was not recognized by this plugin. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             NMConnection *connection,
+                             GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -268,7 +325,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (char *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_suggested_filename
                                (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
-                                NMConnection *connection);

+                                NMConnection *connection);

 

 

 

@@ -278,8 +335,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service,
                                      int check_owner,
                                      NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file,
-                                     gpointer user_data,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gpointer user_data,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Load the shared libary plugin_filename
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -340,7 +397,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -445,14 +502,14 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
 
 
-
GTypeInterface g_iface;

+
GTypeInterface g_iface;

 
the parent interface

  
 
 
 
get_editor ()

 
returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection
-if non-NULL.

+if non-NULL.

  
 
 
@@ -463,27 +520,27 @@ if non-NULL.

 
 
import_from_file ()

 
Try to import a connection from the specified path.  On
-success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
+success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
 set error
 with additional information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in
+can be NULL, in
 which case no additional error information should be provided.

  
 
 
 
export_to_file ()

 
Export the given connection to the specified path.  Return
-TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
+TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
 with additional
 error information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in which case no
+can be NULL, in which case no
 additional error information should be provided.

  
 
 
 
get_suggested_filename ()

 
For a given connection, return a suggested file
-name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
+name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
 the caller.

  
 
@@ -501,7 +558,7 @@ the caller.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *

+
  “description”              gchar *

 
Longer description of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -509,7 +566,7 @@ the caller.

 

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
Short display name of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -517,7 +574,7 @@ the caller.

 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -529,8 +586,8 @@ the caller.

 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer     user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index 8a73c9b9..aac8413a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 signal-quality
 Read
 
@@ -140,9 +140,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the NSP.  Any returned
 connections will match the nsp
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ connections will match the nsp
 
 
 
connections

-
 an array of NMConnections to
+
 an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
@@ -265,18 +265,18 @@ filter. 

 

 
Returns

 
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                               NMConnection *connection);

+                               NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
 connection may be activated with that NSP.  The connection must match the
 nsp
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
+
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
 

  
 
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
index e63ef7bf..ea94245b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -25,8 +25,6 @@
                      | 
                   I
                      | 
-                  K
-                     | 
                   L
                      | 
                   M
@@ -37,8 +35,6 @@
                      | 
                   S
                      | 
-                  T
-                     | 
                   U
                      | 
                   V
@@ -1418,14 +1414,6 @@
 
 

 

-DEFINE_KF_LIST_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_0_9_10, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -2182,6 +2170,18 @@ DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
 
 

 

+nm_device_get_applied_connection, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

 nm_device_get_autoconnect, function in NMDevice
 

 

@@ -3258,79 +3258,6 @@ DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
 nm_ip_route_unref, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 
 

-
K

-

-NMKeyfileReadHandler, user_function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileReadType, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileReadTypeDataWarn, struct in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWarnSeverity, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteHandler, user_function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteType, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteTypeDataCert, struct in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_BLOB, macro in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_PATH, macro in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_detect_unqualified_path_scheme, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_alias_for_setting_name, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_setting_name_for_alias, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_keys, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_string, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_has_key, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_set_string, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_read, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

 
L

 

 NM_LLDP_ATTR_CHASSIS_ID, macro in nm-dbus-interface
@@ -4133,10 +4060,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 

 

 

-NMSettingIP4Config:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 NMSettingIP6Config:addr-gen-mode, object property in NMSettingIP6Config
 

 

@@ -4157,6 +4080,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:dad-timeout, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-hostname, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4165,6 +4092,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:dns, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4693,6 +4624,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingWirelessPowersave, enum in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 NMSettingWirelessSecurity:auth-alg, object property in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -6149,10 +6084,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

-NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id, function in NMSettingIP4Config
 

 

@@ -6161,10 +6092,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, macro in NMSettingIP4Config
 

 

@@ -6285,6 +6212,14 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_HOSTNAME, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6293,6 +6228,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DNS, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6313,6 +6252,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6321,6 +6264,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -7868,19 +7815,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 NMState, enum in nm-dbus-interface
 
 

-
T

-

-NMTestGeneralBoolEnum, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

-

-NMTestGeneralColorFlags, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

-

-NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

 
U

 

 NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate, user_function in nm-utils
@@ -8192,7 +8126,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
+NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8260,7 +8194,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8304,7 +8238,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8472,7 +8406,23 @@ NM_VPN_PLUGIN_INFO_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-info
 

 

 

-VPN_SECRETS_GROUP, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-old
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_STATE, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-old
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_WATCH_PEER, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_STATE, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
 

 

 
W

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
index ee011718..8c2165f0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm 1.1.90
+      for libnm 1.1.91
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/1.0/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml b/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
index dfe1f677..e0c28972 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
@@ -244,6 +244,7 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -368,6 +369,7 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -535,7 +537,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -1251,12 +1253,10 @@
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
@@ -1266,7 +1266,6 @@
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
@@ -1387,7 +1386,10 @@
 
 
 
+
+
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -1402,6 +1404,8 @@
 
 
 
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -1418,8 +1422,10 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -1991,6 +1997,13 @@
 
 
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -2133,6 +2146,9 @@
 
 
 
+
+
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
index 852c8876..0eec1974 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_connection_to_dbus ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_compare ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_diff ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify_secrets ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_normalize ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_update_secrets ()
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_type ()
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_virtual ()
@@ -542,18 +542,18 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
 

 

 

 
Description

-
An NMConnection describes all the settings and configuration values that
+
An NMConnection describes all the settings and configuration values that
 are necessary to configure network devices for operation on a specific
 network.  Connections are the fundamental operating object for
-NetworkManager; no device is connected without a NMConnection, or
-disconnected without having been connected with a NMConnection.

-
Each NMConnection contains a list of NMSetting objects usually referenced
+NetworkManager; no device is connected without a NMConnection, or
+disconnected without having been connected with a NMConnection.

+
Each NMConnection contains a list of NMSetting objects usually referenced
 by name (using nm_connection_get_setting_by_name()) or by type (with
 nm_connection_get_setting()).  The settings describe the actual parameters
 with which the network devices are configured, including device-specific
@@ -565,10 +565,10 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters
 

 
nm_connection_add_setting ()

 
void
-nm_connection_add_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_add_setting (NMConnection *connection,
                            NMSetting *setting);

 
Adds a NMSetting to the connection, replacing any previous NMSetting of the
-same name which has previously been added to the NMConnection.  The
+same name which has previously been added to the NMConnection.  The
 connection takes ownership of the NMSetting object and does not increase
 the setting object's reference count.

 

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -598,9 +598,9 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 

 
nm_connection_remove_setting ()

 
void
-nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);

-
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
+nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+                              GType setting_type);

+
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
 operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ operation dereferences the 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to remove

+
the GType of the setting object to remove

  
 
 
@@ -629,10 +629,10 @@ operation dereferences the 
 
nm_connection_get_setting ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);

-
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
-to the NMConnection.

+nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+                           GType setting_type);

+
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
+to the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -644,12 +644,12 @@ to the 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -657,8 +657,8 @@ to the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
-added to the NMConnection. 

+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
+added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -666,10 +666,10 @@ added to the 
 
nm_connection_get_setting_by_name ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection *connection,
                                    const char *name);

 
Gets the NMSetting with the given name, if one has been previously added
-the NMConnection.

+the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
setting_type
the GType of the setting object to return
the GType of the setting object to return

  
 

 

@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ the 
 
-
+
@@ -694,18 +694,18 @@ the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
-added to the NMConnection. 

+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
+added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
+
GVariant *
+nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

-
+
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
+
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
 its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -740,10 +740,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 
Replaces connection
 's settings with new_settings
  (which must be
@@ -760,17 +760,17 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
connection

-

+
-
+
-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
+
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
 could not
 be deserialized (in which case connection
 will be unchanged).

@@ -789,8 +789,8 @@ will be unchanged).

 
nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

 
void
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
-                               (NMConnection *connection,
-                                NMConnection *new_connection);

+                               (NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *new_connection);
 
Deep-copies the settings of new_connection
  and replaces the settings of connection
 
@@ -806,12 +806,12 @@ with the copied settings.

 
-
+
-
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ with

 

 
nm_connection_clear_settings ()

 
void
-nm_connection_clear_settings (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_clear_settings (NMConnection *connection);
 
Deletes all of connection
 's settings.

 

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
connection

-

+

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 

 
connection
the NMConnection
the NMConnection

  
 

 
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
new_settings
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
new_connection
a NMConnection to replace the settings of connection
+
a NMConnection to replace the settings of connection
 with

  
 
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

@@ -845,11 +845,11 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
-                       NMConnection *b,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
+                       NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

-
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
+
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.

 

@@ -863,12 +863,12 @@ each flag's behavior.

 
 
 
a

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
b

-
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

+
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

  
 
 
@@ -881,18 +881,18 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
-                    NMConnection *b,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
+                    NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

-
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.  If the connections differ, settings and keys within
 each setting that differ are added to the returned out_settings
@@ -909,12 +909,12 @@ No values are returned, only key names.

 
 
 
a

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
b

-
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

+
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

  
 
 
@@ -935,16 +935,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
+
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
 not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
+                      GError **error);

 
Validates the connection and all its settings.  Each setting's properties
 have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values.  For
 example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the
 connection for the connection to be valid.  As another example, the
 NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted
-MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
+MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
 setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -965,12 +965,12 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to verify

+
the NMConnection to verify

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -978,15 +978,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+                              GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -999,12 +999,12 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
connection

-
the NMConnection to verify in

+
the NMConnection to verify in

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1012,23 +1012,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

 
Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies
 and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way,
 the output parameter modified
- is set TRUE.

-
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
+ is set TRUE.

+
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
 is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps
 it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that
 cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1043,15 +1043,15 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to normalize

+
the NMConnection to normalize

  
 
 
 
parameters

-
 a GHashTable with
+
 a GHashTable with
 normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing
 specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be
-used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
+used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
 The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]
 
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
+
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
 why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
 
@@ -1071,15 +1071,15 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_need_secrets ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);

+nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+                            GPtrArray **hints);

 
Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would
 need secrets to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only
 intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some
@@ -1096,15 +1096,15 @@ secrets are needed.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
 
hints

-
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
-return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
+
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
+return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
 secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array
-and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
+and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
 elements. 

 [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
 
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ missing secrets

 

 
nm_connection_clear_secrets ()

 
void
-nm_connection_clear_secrets (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_clear_secrets (NMConnection *connection);

 
Clears and frees any secrets that may be stored in the connection, to avoid
 keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1145,9 +1145,9 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 
nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags ()

 
void
 nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
-                               (NMConnection *connection,
+                               (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1183,16 +1183,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

 
Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets
 intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).  Will also
 extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary.
 If setting_name
- is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
+ is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
 returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all
 settings contained in secrets
 .

@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ settings contained in secrets
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@ settings contained in secrets
 
 
 
secrets

-
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
 failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 

@@ -1239,10 +1239,10 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 
nm_connection_set_path ()

 
void
-nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

 
Sets the D-Bus path of the connection.  This property is not serialized, and
-is only for the reference of the caller.  Sets the “path”
+is only for the reference of the caller.  Sets the “path”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ property.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ which provides the connection

 

 
nm_connection_get_path ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_path (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_path (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the connection's D-Bus path.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1299,9 +1299,9 @@ nm_connection_get_path (
 
nm_connection_get_interface_name ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name.
-If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

 
For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager,
 this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by
 NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1315,21 +1315,21 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

 
 
 
connection

-
The NMConnection

+
The NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
  is a particular
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1361,18 +1361,18 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
-, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
+, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_for_each_setting_value ()

 
void
-nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

-
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

+
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
 calling the supplied user function for each property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ calling the supplied user function for each property.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ at each invocation

 

 
nm_connection_dump ()

 
void
-nm_connection_dump (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_dump (NMConnection *connection);

 
Print the connection to stdout.  For debugging purposes ONLY, should NOT
 be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The
 output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 

 
nm_connection_get_uuid ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_uuid (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_uuid (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the UUID from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (
 
nm_connection_get_id ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_id (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_id (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the ID from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (
 
nm_connection_get_connection_type ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_connection_type (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_connection_type (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1508,8 +1508,8 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (
 
nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
 activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection

+
an NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ refers to a virtual device

 
nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description ()

 
char *
 nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description
-                               (NMConnection *connection);

+                               (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would
 return for the virtual device that would be created for connection
 .
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection for a virtual device type

+
an NMConnection for a virtual device type

  
 
 

@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
 the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ is not a virtual connection type. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x ()

 
NMSetting8021x *
-nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1584,14 +1584,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth ()

 
NMSettingBluetooth *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1611,14 +1611,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bond ()

 
NMSettingBond *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bond (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bond (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1638,14 +1638,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_team ()

 
NMSettingTeam *
-nm_connection_get_setting_team (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_team (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1665,14 +1665,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_team_port ()

 
NMSettingTeamPort *
-nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1692,14 +1692,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bridge ()

 
NMSettingBridge *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1719,14 +1719,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port ()

 
NMSettingBridgePort *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1746,14 +1746,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_cdma ()

 
NMSettingCdma *
-nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1773,14 +1773,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_connection ()

 
NMSettingConnection *
-nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1800,14 +1800,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_dcb ()

 
NMSettingDcb *
-nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_generic ()

 
NMSettingGeneric *
-nm_connection_get_setting_generic (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_generic (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_gsm ()

 
NMSettingGsm *
-nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1881,14 +1881,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband ()

 
NMSettingInfiniband *
-nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1908,14 +1908,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel ()

 
NMSettingIPTunnel *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIPTunnel the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1935,14 +1935,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config ()

 
NMSettingIPConfig *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIP4Config the connection might contain.

 
Note that it returns the value as type NMSettingIPConfig, since the vast
 majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config ()

 
NMSettingIPConfig *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIP6Config the connection might contain.

 
Note that it returns the value as type NMSettingIPConfig, since the vast
 majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan ()

 
NMSettingMacvlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacvlan the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2025,14 +2025,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh ()

 
NMSettingOlpcMesh *
-nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2053,14 +2053,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ppp ()

 
NMSettingPpp *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingPpp the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2080,14 +2080,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe ()

 
NMSettingPppoe *
-nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingPppoe the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2107,14 +2107,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_serial ()

 
NMSettingSerial *
-nm_connection_get_setting_serial (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_serial (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2134,14 +2134,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_tun ()

 
NMSettingTun *
-nm_connection_get_setting_tun (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_tun (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTun the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2161,14 +2161,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_vpn ()

 
NMSettingVpn *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingVpn the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2189,14 +2189,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_wimax ()

 
NMSettingWimax *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2216,14 +2216,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_adsl ()

 
NMSettingAdsl *
-nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2243,14 +2243,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_wired ()

 
NMSettingWired *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wired (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_wired (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2270,14 +2270,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_wireless ()

 
NMSettingWireless *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (NMConnection *connection);
 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2297,14 +2297,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (
nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security ()

 
NMSettingWirelessSecurity *
 nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
-                               (NMConnection *connection);

+                               (NMConnection *connection);
 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2325,14 +2325,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_vlan ()

 
NMSettingVlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (NMConnection *connection);
 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2352,14 +2352,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ()

 
NMSettingVxlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (NMConnection *connection);
 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingVxlan the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2379,14 +2379,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
GTypeInterface parent;

+
GTypeInterface parent;

 
the parent interace struct

  
 
@@ -2468,8 +2468,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (
NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

 
#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
 

-
GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is
-an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of
+
GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is
+an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of
 an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

 
 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
index dec0c77f..0b751832 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NM80211Mode
     ├── NMActiveConnectionState
     ├── NMConnectivityState
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
     ├── NMIPTunnelMode
     ├── NMMetered
     ╰── NMState
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
@@ -914,6 +914,13 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_VETH

+
+
a VETH interface

+
+ 
+
 
 

 
@@ -2281,9 +2288,11 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

 
 
 
-
NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_UKNOWN

- 
- 
+
NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_UNKNOWN

+
+
Unknown/unset tunnel mode

+
+ 
 
 
 
NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
index 92ea7737..2df6ab71 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_connection_error_quark ()
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_crypto_error_quark ()
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_device_error_quark ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_manager_error_quark ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_settings_error_quark ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMCryptoError
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -214,25 +214,25 @@ nm_agent_manager_error_quark (voi
 

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ nm_manager_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void
 

 

 
nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ nm_settings_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void
enum NMAgentManagerError

 
Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

 
These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be
-requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus
+requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus
 errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

 

 
Members

@@ -349,9 +349,9 @@ errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

 

 

 
enum NMConnectionError

-
Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection
+
Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection
 or its NMSettings.

-
These errors may be returned directly from NMConnection and NMSetting
+
These errors may be returned directly from NMConnection and NMSetting
 methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on NMClient or
 NMDevice), where they correspond to errors in the
 "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection" namespace.

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_SETTING_NOT_FOUND

 
-
the NMConnection object
+
the NMConnection object
   did not contain the specified NMSetting object

 
  
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_PROPERTY_NOT_FOUND

 
-
the NMConnection did not contain the
+
the NMConnection did not contain the
   requested NMSetting property

 
  
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_MISSING_SETTING

 
-
the NMConnection object is missing an
+
the NMConnection object is missing an
   NMSetting which is required for its configuration. The error message will
   always be prefixed with "<setting-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the
   name of the setting that is missing.

@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_INVALID_SETTING

 
-
the NMConnection object contains an
+
the NMConnection object contains an
   invalid or inappropriate NMSetting. The error message will always be
   prefixed with "<setting-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the name of the
   setting that is invalid.

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY

 
-
the NMConnection object is invalid
+
the NMConnection object is invalid
   because it is missing a required property. The error message will always be
   prefixed with "<setting-name>.<property-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is
   the name of the setting with the missing property, and "<property-name>" is
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on 
NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_INVALID_PROPERTY

 
-
the NMConnection object is invalid
+
the NMConnection object is invalid
   because a property has an invalid value. The error message will always be
   prefixed with "<setting-name>.<property-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is
   the name of the setting with the invalid property, and "<property-name>" is
@@ -591,6 +591,13 @@ returned from D-Bus operations (where they correspond to errors in the
 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_ERROR_VERSION_ID_MISMATCH

+
+
the version id did not match.

+
+ 
+
 
 

 

@@ -718,7 +725,7 @@ errors in that namespace.

 when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They
 correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager"
 namespace.

-
Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error
+
Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error
 codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the
 corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
index 864e8463..05e26b42 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_same_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_security_valid ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) ()
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) ()
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()
@@ -336,21 +336,21 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()
 
 
 
-const guint *
+const guint *
 
 
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
 
 
 
-gsize
+gsize
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 
 
 
-GByteArray *
+GByteArray *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8 *
+guint8 *
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
 
 
 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_is_uuid ()
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
 

 

@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

 
Functions

 

 
nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
 number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -595,15 +595,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      gsize len);
 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
@@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 

 

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
 
 
ignore_trailing_null

-
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 
 
@@ -693,15 +693,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
+                       gsize len);
 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -747,19 +747,19 @@ _only_.

 

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -864,15 +864,15 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -901,14 +901,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if key
-is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if key
+is a WEP key, FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -929,16 +929,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if psk
-is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if psk
+is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -966,8 +966,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
 IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -979,29 +979,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'au'

+
a GVariant of type 'au'

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1034,12 +1034,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 

-
+
@@ -1068,17 +1068,17 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1091,14 +1091,14 @@ metric).

 
 

-
+

 
 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

 
routes
 an array of NMIP4Route objects. 
 an array of NMIP4Route objects. 

 [element-type NMIPRoute]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1106,11 +1106,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
value

-
+
GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

@@ -1129,15 +1129,15 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1161,8 +1161,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1186,8 +1186,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1215,9 +1215,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1245,8 +1245,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
 IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1258,29 +1258,29 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aay'
a GVariant of type 'aay'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1314,12 +1314,12 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

+
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 
 
@@ -1348,17 +1348,17 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1386,11 +1386,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
 array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next
-hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
-
+

 
value
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  
 

 

@@ -1409,17 +1409,17 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
 array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include
 "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may
 include additional attributes.

@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1448,12 +1448,12 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ objects.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1480,17 +1480,17 @@ objects.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
 of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination,
 prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1518,12 +1518,12 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination,
-prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
+prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
 NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

@@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -1591,15 +1591,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file
 (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format
@@ -1628,13 +1628,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -1655,24 +1655,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -1681,10 +1681,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);

+                               gpointer user_data,
+                               GError **error);
 
Searches for a progname
  file in a list of search paths
 .

@@ -1711,16 +1711,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path. 

 
 
 
paths

-
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
-Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
+
 a NULL terminated list of search paths.
+Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first
 is checked. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
file_test_flags

-
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
+
the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching
 for progname
-. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  
 
 
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ function. 

 
 
 
error

-
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

+
 on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ function. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
+
 the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found.
 The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later
 invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -1758,8 +1758,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1784,8 +1784,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (gu
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1820,8 +1820,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1860,8 +1860,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (g
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -1979,8 +1979,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+                      gsize length);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -2016,12 +2016,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpoint
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2055,10 +2055,10 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2104,9 +2104,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length.

@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

 
char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);

+                           gssize length);
 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with
@@ -2179,18 +2179,18 @@ is expected to convert to
 
Returns

 
 the canonicalized address if asc
 appears to
-be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

 
Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1
  and
 hwaddr2
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

  before being compared.

 
  • If hwaddr1
  or hwaddr2
- is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
+ is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
  a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len
  or hwaddr2_len
  bytes long.
    • 
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ is ASCII
    
     
-
+
@@ -2260,9 +2260,9 @@ is ASCII
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if hwaddr1
+
     TRUE if hwaddr1
 and hwaddr2
-are equivalent, FALSE if they are
+are equivalent, FALSE if they are
 different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
@@ -2270,8 +2270,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);
    
 
    Converts the byte array src
  into a hexadecimal string. If final_len
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ array
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
    
-
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2342,14 +2342,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
+
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
@@ -2370,13 +2370,13 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    Checks if str
  is a UUID
    
@@ -2397,8 +2397,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
+
     TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
    dst
    
 
    Returns
    
 
     the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
@@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);
    
 
    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.
    
-
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ underlying device driver.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
@@ -2650,12 +2650,12 @@ available modes.
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);
    
 
    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a
-G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
-If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the
-function returns NULL.
    
+G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
+If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the
+function returns NULL.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr1
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr2
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
    dst
    		
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    		
 
    
@@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ function returns NULL.
    
     
-
+
@@ -2680,22 +2680,22 @@ function returns NULL.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
    
-
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
@@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
-
+
@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
+
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
@@ -2740,9 +2740,9 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()
    
 
    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
-                          gint from,
-                          gint to);
    
+nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
+                          gint from,
+                          gint to);
 
    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    
-
+
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    Returns
    
 
     a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
-or NULL on error. 
    
+or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
 
    Since: 1.2
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
index b88d6dfc..820bf76d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 
 
    
 
    Object Hierarchy
    
-
        GEnum
+
        GEnum
     ├── NMVpnConnectionState
     ├── NMVpnConnectionStateReason
     ├── NMVpnPluginFailure
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
index f716e22b..7be88f8f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
@@ -857,11 +857,9 @@
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
@@ -870,7 +868,6 @@
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
@@ -966,6 +963,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -980,6 +980,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -995,8 +997,10 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1401,6 +1405,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1520,6 +1525,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2216,6 +2224,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2284,6 +2293,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2420,7 +2430,7 @@
     
     
     
-    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2509,6 +2519,12 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
index b50431ac..0abbd4b7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
    
 Object Hierarchy
    
 
    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -85,10 +85,10 @@
     ├── NMClient
     ├── NMSecretAgentOld
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMDeviceError
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingMacvlanMode
     ├── NMSettingSerialParity
     ├── NMSettingTunMode
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
     ├── NMState
     ├── NMUtilsSecurityType
     ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@
     ├── NMVpnServiceState
     ├── NMWepKeyType
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ├── NMIPRoute
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
index 738a547e..27ef87e0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
+++ b/docs/libnm/libnm-sections.txt
@@ -302,6 +302,7 @@ NM_TYPE_SETTING_SECRET_FLAGS
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_SERIAL_PARITY
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_TUN_MODE
 NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN
+NM_TYPE_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE
 NM_TYPE_STATE
 NM_TYPE_UTILS_SECURITY_TYPE
 NM_TYPE_VLAN_FLAGS
@@ -351,6 +352,7 @@ nm_setting_secret_flags_get_type
 nm_setting_serial_parity_get_type
 nm_setting_tun_mode_get_type
 nm_setting_wired_wake_on_lan_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_powersave_get_type
 nm_settings_error_get_type
 nm_state_get_type
 nm_utils_security_type_get_type
@@ -512,6 +514,9 @@ nm_device_disambiguate_names
 nm_device_reapply
 nm_device_reapply_async
 nm_device_reapply_finish
+nm_device_get_applied_connection
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
 nm_device_disconnect
 nm_device_disconnect_async
 nm_device_disconnect_finish
@@ -1069,35 +1074,6 @@ NM_TYPE_IP_CONFIG
 nm_ip_config_get_type
 
 
-
    
-nm-keyfile-internal
-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_BLOB
-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_PATH
-nm_keyfile_detect_unqualified_path_scheme
-NMKeyfileReadType
-NMKeyfileReadHandler
-NMKeyfileWarnSeverity
-NMKeyfileReadTypeDataWarn
-nm_keyfile_read
-NMKeyfileWriteType
-NMKeyfileWriteHandler
-NMKeyfileWriteTypeDataCert
-nm_keyfile_write
-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_string
-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_set_string
-
    
-
-
    
-nm-keyfile-utils
-VPN_SECRETS_GROUP
-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_alias_for_setting_name
-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_setting_name_for_alias
-DEFINE_KF_LIST_WRAPPER_PROTO
-DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO
-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_keys
-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_has_key
-
    
-
 
    
 nm-object
 NMObject
@@ -1768,6 +1744,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_metric
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DNS
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DNS_SEARCH
@@ -1782,6 +1759,8 @@ NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_HOSTNAME
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_SEND_HOSTNAME
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_NEVER_DEFAULT
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_MAY_FAIL
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
 NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG
 NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_NDOTS
 NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_TIMEOUT
@@ -1837,6 +1816,8 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout
 
 NMIPAddress
 NMIPRoute
@@ -1899,7 +1880,6 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_type
 NMSettingIP4Config
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_SETTING_NAME
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_CLIENT_ID
-NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_LINK_LOCAL
@@ -1908,7 +1888,6 @@ NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_SHARED
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_DISABLED
 nm_setting_ip4_config_new
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id
-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn
 
 NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -2395,6 +2374,7 @@ NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MAC_ADDRESS_RANDOMIZATION
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MODE_ADHOC
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MODE_AP
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MODE_INFRA
+NMSettingWirelessPowersave
 nm_setting_wireless_new
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mode
@@ -2742,6 +2722,33 @@ NM_VPN_PLUGIN_INFO_CLASS
 NM_VPN_PLUGIN_INFO_GET_CLASS
 
    
 
+
    
+nm-vpn-plugin-old
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_STATE
+
+NM_IS_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD
+NM_IS_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_CLASS
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_GET_CLASS
+
    
+
+
    
+nm-vpn-service-plugin
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_WATCH_PEER
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_STATE
+
+NM_IS_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN
+NM_IS_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_CLASS
+NM_TYPE_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_CLASS
+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_GET_CLASS
+
    
+
 
    
 nm-wimax-nsp
 NMWimaxNsp
@@ -2766,10 +2773,3 @@ NM_WIMAX_NSP_GET_CLASS
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_type
 
    
 
-
    
-test-general-enums
-NMTestGeneralBoolEnum
-NMTestGeneralMetaFlags
-NMTestGeneralColorFlags
-
    
-
diff --git a/docs/libnm/libnm.types b/docs/libnm/libnm.types
index 83e8325e..06c08230 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/libnm.types
+++ b/docs/libnm/libnm.types
@@ -100,6 +100,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_type
 nm_setting_wired_get_type
 nm_setting_wired_wake_on_lan_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_get_type
+nm_setting_wireless_powersave_get_type
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_type
 nm_settings_error_get_type
 nm_simple_connection_get_type
diff --git a/docs/libnm/version.xml b/docs/libnm/version.xml
index 69658cdd..069199b8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.1.90
+1.1.91
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5


    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum